USERS' MANUAL
Applicable Model
DuraTurn 1530
DuraTurn 2030
DuraTurn 2050
DuraTurn 2550
Applicable NC Unit
MSC-504
Before starting operation, maintenance, or programming, carefully read the manuals supplied by Mori Seiki, the NC unit manufacturer, and equipment manufacturers so that you fully understand the information they contain.
Keep the manuals carefully so that they will not be lost.
UM-DURATURN-C0JPEN
• |
|
|
• The contents of this manual are subject to change |
|
|
|
without notice due to improvements to the machine or |
|
|
|
in order to improve the manual. Consequently, please |
|
|
|
bear in mind that there may be slight discrepancies |
|
|
|
between the contents of the manual and the actual |
|
|
|
machine. Changes to the instruction manual are |
• |
|
|
made in revised editions which are distinguished from |
|
|
|
each other by updating the instruction manual |
|
|
number. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
• Should you discover any discrepancies between the |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
contents of the manual and the actual machine, or if |
• |
|
|
any part of the manual is unclear, please contact Mori |
|
|
|
Seiki and clarify these points before using the |
|
|
machine. Mori Seiki will not be liable for any damages |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
occurring as a direct or indirect consequence of using |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the machine without clarifying these points. |
|
|
• All rights reserved: reproduction of this instruction |
|
|
|
manual in any form, in whole or in part, is not |
|
|
|
permitted without the written consent of Mori Seiki. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The product shipped to you (the machine and |
||
|
|
||
|
accessory equipment) has been manufactured in |
||
|
|
||
|
accordance with the laws and standards that prevail in |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the relevant country or region. Consequently it cannot |
|
|
|
be exported, sold, or relocated, to a destination in a |
|
|
|
country with different laws or standards. |
|
|
|
The export of this product is subject to an authorization |
|
|
|
from the government of the exporting country. |
|
|
|
Check with the government agency for authorization. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
990730 |
Copyright 2007 MORI SEIKI CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
P-1
この機械は最新の技術を駆使して作られた切削用NC
*
*
<Basis>
This machine was designed and built using state-of-the-art technology for the purpose of machining rotating workpieces using cutting tools and soft jaws. This machine complies with generally recognized safety regulations, standards and specifications at the time of manufacture. This machine is suitable for manual and automatic operation.
<Tools>
This machine is capable of using common turning tools and rotary tools* (such as milling cutters, drills, and taps). Contact Mori Seiki before using grinding tools or special tools.
* For machines equipped to use rotary tools.
<Materials>
This machine is designed for machining metal, resin, and plastics. It was not intended for the machining of materials such as magnesium, carbon, ceramics, and wood. Contact Mori Seiki before using these materials.
P-2
•
•
•
•
•
•
•Keep this manual in a clearly marked location to ensure easy access when necessary.
•Contact Mori Seiki if any part of the manual is unclear.
•Contact the Mori Seiki service department if this manual is lost or damaged.
•The contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notification due to improvements to the machine.
•All rights reserved: reproduction of this instruction manual in any form is not permitted without the written consent of Mori Seiki.
•Various manuals and documents are supplied with the machine in addition to this manual. Keep them close to the machine to enable easy reference.
P-3
|
|
|
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not |
|
avoided, will result in death or serious injury. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not |
|
|
avoided, could result in death or serious injury. |
|
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not |
|
avoided, may result in minor injury or damage to the |
|
machine. |
|
[ ] Failure to observe the precautions (hazards, |
|
warnings and cautions) will lead to the hazards |
|
indicated in square brackets [ ], injuries or machine |
|
trouble. |
|
Indicates items that must be taken into consideration. |
|
Indicates items to be referred to. |
|
Indicates hints. |
|
Indicates program-applied examples. |
FOR SAFE MACHINE OPERATION
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-1 FOR USERS AND SUPERVISORS
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-1 PRECAUTIONS FOR OPERATORS
3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-2 FIRE PREVENTION
4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-4 SAFETY DEVICES
5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-5 CAUTION LABELS
6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-5 WORK ENVIRONMENT
7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P-6 MACHINE OPERATING PRECAUTIONS
|
7-1 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
. P-6 |
|
|
Precautions during Machine Operation |
|
|
7-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
. P-9 |
|
|
|
Mounting and Removing Chucks |
|
|
7-3 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
P-10 |
|
|
When Chucking Workpiece |
|
|
7-4 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
P-12 |
|
|
Safety Practices during Setup |
|
|
7-5 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
P-13 |
|
|
Automatic Operation |
|
|
7-6 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
P-14 |
|
|
Interlock Functions |
|
|
7-7 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
P-14 |
|
|
Data |
|
|
7-8 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
P-15 |
|
|
Precautions when Operating Special Specification Machines |
|
8 |
NC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
P-16 |
|
|
NOTES CONCERNING NC PROGRAM |
|
|
|
8-1 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
P-16 |
|
|
Cutting Conditions |
|
|
8-2 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
P-16 |
9 |
|
After Program Input |
P-17 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
|||
|
NOTES CONCERNING MAINTENANCE |
|
|
|
9-1 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
P-17 |
|
|
When Performing Maintenance and Inspection Procedures |
|
|
9-2 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
P-18 |
|
|
Machine Management |
|
9-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
P-19 |
|
Machine Noise Data |
|
|
9-3-1 |
DuraTurn 1530 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
P-19 |
9-3-2 |
DuraTurn 2030 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
P-20 |
9-3-3 |
DuraTurn 2050 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
P-21 |
9-3-4 |
DuraTurn 2550 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
P-22 |
1 |
|
|
|
CHAPTER 1 |
BASIC OVERVIEW |
|
|
1 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-1 |
|
|
OPERATION ROUTE MAP |
|
|
|
1-1 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
. 1-1 |
|
|
General Views |
|
|
1-2 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-3 |
|
|
Machine Operation Panel |
|
|
1-3 |
NC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-5 |
2 |
|
NC Operation Panel |
1-6 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
|||
|
OVERVIEW OF CUTTING PROCESS (LATHE) |
|
|
3 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-7 |
|
|
CHECKING DRAWINGS |
|
|
4 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-8 |
|
|
TURNING ON/OFF POWER |
|
4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Power ON Sequence
4-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Emergency Stop/To Restart Machine
4-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Executing an Emergency Stop with the [Emergency Stop] Button,
and Canceling the Emergency Stop Status
4-2-2 RESET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Executing an Emergency Stop with the (RESET) Key,
and Canceling the Emergency Stop Status
4-2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-11 |
Press the Automatic Operation Button [Feed Hold] to Execute or Cancel an Emergency Stop
4-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 Turning OFF Power Supply
5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 ZERO RETURN OPERATION
5-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 Manual Zero Return Operation
5-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 Zero Return by Pressing the [One-Touch Zero Return] Button
6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 OPENING/CLOSING DOOR
6-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15 Door Lock Prevention Key
7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 DOOR INTERLOCK FUNCTION
7-1 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-18 |
|
Door Interlock for Standard Specifications |
|
7-2 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-19 |
|
Releasing Door Interlock Function |
|
7-3 |
CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-20 |
|
Door Interlock Function (CE Specification) |
|
|
7-3-1 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-20 |
|
Releasing Door Interlock (CE Specifications) |
|
8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21 TOOL MOUNTING PROCEDURE
8-1 DuraTurn 1530 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-23 |
|
8-1-1 |
DuraTurn 1530 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-23 |
|
When Mounting the Cutting Tools Directly on the Turret Head (DuraTurn 1530) |
|
8-1-2 |
DuraTurn 1530 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-27 |
|
When Mounting the Cutting Tools in Tool Holders (DuraTurn 1530) |
|
8-2 DuraTurn 2030, DuraTurn 2050, DuraTurn 2550 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-33 |
|
8-2-1 |
|
|
|
DuraTurn 2030, DuraTurn 2050, DuraTurn 2550 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-33 |
|
When Mounting the Cutting Tools Directly on the Turret Head |
|
|
(DuraTurn 2030, DuraTurn 2050, DuraTurn 2550) |
|
8-2-2 |
|
|
|
DuraTurn 2030, DuraTurn 2050, DuraTurn 2550 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-37 |
|
When Mounting the Cutting Tools in Tool Holders |
|
|
(DuraTurn 2030, DuraTurn 2050, DuraTurn 2550) |
|
9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43 SETTING TOOL GEOMETRY OFFSET VALUE (WITH TOOL PRESETTER)
9-1 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-45 |
|
Interlocks for Using Manual In-Machine Tool Presetter |
|
9-2 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-46 |
|
Installing and Removing the Manual In-Machine Tool Presetter Arm |
|
9-3 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-48 |
|
Measurement Procedure with the Manual In-Machine Tool Presetter |
|
9-4 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-49 |
|
Sensors, Tools, and Parameters |
|
10 Z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-51 SETTING WORKPIECE ZERO POINT (Z0)
10-1 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-52 |
|
Before Setting |
|
10-2 |
Z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-52 |
|
Setting Workpiece Zero Point (Z0) |
|
11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-54 CHUCKING
11-1 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-55 |
|
|
Clamping/Unclamping Chuck |
|
|
|
11-1-1 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-55 |
|
|
Chuck Footswitch |
|
|
11-1-2 |
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-56 |
|
|
Twin Chuck Footswitch (Option) |
|
|
11-1-3 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-56 |
|
|
Fixing Footswitch |
|
11-2 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-57 |
|
|
Adjusting the Chucking Pressure |
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-58 JAW SHAPING
12-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-58 Shaping the Soft Jaws
12-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-58 Cautions on Shaping the Soft Jaws
12-1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-60 Soft Jaw Shapes
12-1-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-61 Check Items when Mounting Tools and Shaping Soft Jaws
12-1-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-62 The Procedure Used for Shaping the Soft Jaws
13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-73 TAILSTOCK (TAILSTOCK SPECIFICATIONS)
13-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-74 Preparing the Tailstock
13-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-75 Moving the Tailstock Body
13-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-76 Tailstock Spindle Operation
13-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-76 Tailstock Spindle IN/OUT Operation
13-3-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-77 Tailstock Spindle Inching Operation
13-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-77 Tailstock Spindle Interlock
13-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-78 Adjusting the Tailstock Spindle Thrust
14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-79 BUILT-IN TYPE WORK UNLOADER (OPTION)
14-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-79 Work Unloader Buttons
14-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-80 Adjusting the Work Unloader
15 NC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-82 NC PROGRAMMING OVERVIEW
15-1 NC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-84 Terms for NC Programming
15-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-85 Axis Control and Movement Direction
15-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-85 Movement along the Controlled Axes
15-2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-86 Expressing Axis Movement in Programming
15-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-87 Specifying the Dimensions
15-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-88 Functions of Program
15-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-89 Programming Steps
15-5-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-89 Flowchart to Complete a Program
15-5-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-89 Programming Method
15-5-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-89 Basic Pattern of Program
15-5-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-89 Chuck-Work Programming
15-5-3-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-91 Center-Work Programming
15-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-92 Cautions for Creating a Program
15-6-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-92 Signs and Symbols Entered in Programs
15-6-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-92 Inputting a Decimal Point
15-6-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-93 Role of Decimal Point
15-7 JIS JIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-94 JIS Specification and Reverse JIS Specification
16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-96 PROGRAM CHECK
16-1 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-96 |
|
Checking the Program Using the [Program Check] Button |
|
16-2 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-101 |
|
Checking the Program with the Coordinate System Shifted |
|
17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-104
TEST CUTTING (WORKPIECE FINISHING WITHIN
SPECIFIED TOLERANCE USING TOOL WEAR OFFSET FUNCTION)
17-1 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-104 |
|
Check Items before Executing Test Cutting |
|
17-2 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-105 |
|
Check Items after Executing Test Cutting |
|
17-3 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-106 |
|
Test Cutting Procedure |
|
18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-109 MASS PRODUCTION
18-1 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-109 |
|
Conditions for Starting Automatic Operation |
|
18-2 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-111 |
|
Check Items before Starting Mass Production |
|
18-3 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-112 |
|
Inspection Items at Beginning/End of Daily Operation |
|
|
18-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-112 |
|
Before the Operation and the Machining |
|
|
18-3-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-112 |
|
At the End of Machine Operation |
|
2 |
|
CHAPTER 2 |
MACHINE OPERATIONS |
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 POWER-RELATED
1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Operation Panel
1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Electrical Cabinet Door
1-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Opening Electrical Cabinet Door
1-2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Main Power Switch
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 MACHINE OPERATION PANEL
2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Operation Selection Key-Switch
2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Mode Selection Buttons
2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Automatic Operation Buttons
2-4 NC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 NC Function Buttons
2-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 [Single Block] Button
2-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-12 |
|
|
Spindle/Milling Buttons |
|
|
2-6-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-13 |
|
Axis Selection Buttons |
|
|
2-6-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-13 |
|
Spindle Rotation Buttons |
|
|
2-6-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-14 |
|
Spindle Speed Setting Buttons |
|
|
2-6-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-15 |
|
Spindle Override Meter |
|
|
2-6-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-15 |
|
Starting and Stopping Spindle Rotation |
|
2-7 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-16 |
|
Axis Feed Buttons |
|
|
2-7-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-17 |
|
Jog Feed Operation |
|
|
2-7-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-18 |
|
Rapid Traverse Operation |
|
|
2-7-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-18 |
|
[One-Touch Zero Return] Button |
|
2-8 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-19 |
|
Feedrate Override Switch |
|
2-9 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-20 |
|
Rapid Traverse Rate Override Switch |
|
2-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Handle Switches
2-10-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20 Axis Selection Switch
2-10-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 Axis Feed Amount Selection Buttons
2-10-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21 Handle Feed Operation
2-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 [Turret Indexing] Button
2-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 [Automatic Power Shutoff] Button (Option)
2-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 [Machine Light] Button
2-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23 [Air Blow] Button (Option)
2-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 Chip Conveyor Buttons (Chip Conveyor Specification)
2-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24 [Door Unlock] Button
2-17 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 Tailstock/Spindle 2 Buttons
2-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 Coolant Buttons
2-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 Status Indicators
3 NC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29 NC OPERATION PANEL
3-1 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-29 |
|
Soft-Keys |
|
|
3-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-30 |
|
Page Selection Keys |
|
|
3-1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-30 |
|
Program Edit Keys |
|
3-2 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-31 |
|
Data Entry Key |
|
3-3 SHIFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-31 |
|
|
(SHIFT) Key |
|
3-4 INPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-31 |
|
|
(INPUT) Key |
|
3-5 RESET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-31 |
|
|
(RESET) Key |
|
3-6 CAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-32 |
|
|
(CAN) Key |
|
3-7 HELP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-32 |
|
|
(HELP) Key |
|
3-8 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-32 |
|
Function Selection Keys |
|
4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33 FUNCTION SELECTION KEYS AND DISPLAY SCREENS
4-1 POS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35 Function Selection Key (POS)
4-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35 Actual Position (Absolute) Screen
4-1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35 Actual Position (Relative) Screen
4-1-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35 Actual Position (Overall) Screen
4-1-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36 Operating Monitor Screen
4-2 PROG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36 Function Selection Key (PROG)
4-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37 Program Screen
4-2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37 Current Block Screen
4-2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37 Next Block Screen
4-2-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37 Program Check Screen
4-2-5 MDI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37 MDI Program Screen
4-2-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38 Program List Screen
4-2-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38 Foreground Edit Screen
4-2-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38 Background Edit Screen
4-3 OFS/SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39 Function Selection Key (OFS/SET)
4-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39 Tool Offset Screen
4-3-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40 Setting Screen
4-3-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40 Work Coordinates Screen
4-3-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40 Macro Variable Setting Screen
4-3-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41 Chuck/Tailstock Barrier Setting Screen
4-4 SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41 Function Selection Key (SYSTEM)
4-4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41 Parameter Screen
4-4-2 NC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41 NC Internal State Display Screen
4-4-3 PMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42 PMC Screen
4-4-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42 System Composition Screen
4-4-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42 Pitch Error Setting Screen
4-4-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43 Operation History Screen
4-4-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-43 |
Read/Punch Screen |
|
4-4-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-43 |
Maintenance Information Screen |
|
4-5 MESSAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-44 |
Function Selection Key (MESSAGE) |
|
4-5-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-44 |
Alarm Message Screen |
|
4-5-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-44 |
Operator Message Screen |
|
4-5-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-44 |
Alarm History Screen |
|
4-5-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-44 |
Message History Screen |
|
4-6 CSTM/GR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-45 |
Function Selection Key (CSTM/GR) |
|
4-6-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-45 |
Operation Panel Screen |
|
4-6-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-48 |
Tool Life Management Screen |
|
4-6-3 PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-48 |
PC Work Counter Screen |
|
5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49 PROGRAM EDITING
5-1 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-49 |
|
Storing a Program to NC Memory |
|
5-2 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-50 |
|
Foreground and Background |
|
|
5-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-50 |
|
Foreground Editing |
|
|
5-2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-50 |
|
Background Editing |
|
5-3 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-51 |
|
Search Function |
|
|
5-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-51 |
|
Program Number Search |
|
|
5-3-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-51 |
|
Sequence Number Search |
|
|
5-3-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-52 |
|
Word Search |
|
5-4 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-53 |
|
Program Editing |
|
|
5-4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-54 |
|
Copy and Deletion of Programs |
|
|
5-4-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-54 |
|
Editing a Program by Word Unit |
|
|
5-4-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-55 |
|
Copy and Move |
|
|
5-4-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-55 |
|
Replacing Words |
|
|
5-4-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-56 |
|
Inserting Sequence Numbers Automatically |
|
|
5-4-5-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-57 |
|
Conditions for Inserting Sequence Numbers Automatically |
|
5-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58 Inputting and Outputting Programs Using an External I/O Device
5-5-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58 Preparation
5-5-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58 Cautions on Program Input/Output Operation
5-5-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59 Inputting Program from Memory Card
5-5-4 RS232C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59 Inputting Program from RS232C
5-5-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60 Outputting Program to Memory Card
5-5-6 RS232C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60 Outputting Program to RS232C
6 G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61 G FUNCTIONS
6-1 |
G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-61 |
||
|
G Code List |
|
||
6-2 |
G00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-64 |
||
|
G00 |
Positioning the Cutting Tool at a Rapid Traverse Rate |
|
|
6-3 |
G01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-66 |
||
|
G01 |
Moving the Cutting Tool along a Straight Path at a Cutting Feedrate |
|
|
6-4 G01 R . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-67 |
|||
|
G01 |
Line at Angle Command, Chamfering and Rounding Functions |
|
|
|
(Using Drawing Dimension Direct Input Function) |
|
||
|
6-4-1 |
G01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-67 |
|
|
|
|
G01: Line at Angle Command |
|
|
6-4-2 G01 R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-69 |
||
|
|
|
G01: Chamfering and Rounding Functions |
|
|
6-4-3 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-71 |
|
|
|
|
Cautions on Using the Drawing Dimension Direct Input Function |
|
6-5 G02, G03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-72 |
|||
|
G02, G03 Moving the Cutting Tool along Arcs at a Cutting Feedrate |
|
||
6-6 |
G04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-74 |
||
|
G04 |
Suspending Program Execution (Dwell) |
|
|
6-7 G28 G30 2 3, 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-76 |
|||
|
G28 |
Returning Axes to Machine Zero Point Automatically, |
|
|
|
G30 |
Returning Axes to Second (Third or Fourth) Zero Point Automatically |
|
|
6-8 G32 G92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-78 |
|||
|
G32 |
Thread Cutting, G92 Thread Cutting Cycle |
|
|
|
6-8-1 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-80 |
|
|
|
|
Incomplete Thread Portion |
|
|
6-8-2 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-81 |
|
|
|
|
Precautions on Thread Cutting Operation |
|
|
6-8-3 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-83 |
|
|
|
|
Depth of Cut and Number of Passes for Thread Cutting |
|
|
6-8-4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
JIS B 0203-1982 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-84 |
|
|
|
Basic Profile and Dimensions and Dimensional Deviations |
|
|
|
|
of Taper Pipe Threads (Extract from JIS B 0203-1982) |
|
6-9 G32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-93 G32 Tapping (at the Center of Spindle)
6-9-1 G32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-94 Cautions on Programming Tapping Using G32
6-9-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-94 Dwell Command
|
6-9-1-2 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-95 |
|
|
|
|
Precautions on Using the Tapper |
|
|
6-9-1-3 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-95 |
|
|
|
|
To Finish Tapping at Correct Depth in Blind Hole |
|
6-10 |
G34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-97 |
||
|
G34 |
Variable Lead Threading |
|
|
6-11 G50 G96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-98 |
|||
|
G50 |
Setting Maximum Spindle Speeds, G96 Controlling Constant Surface Speed |
|
|
6-12 |
G53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-100 |
||
|
G53 |
Selecting the Machine Coordinate System |
|
|
6-13 G54 G59 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-101 |
|||
|
G54 to G59 Selecting a Work Coordinate System |
|
||
6-14 |
G65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-104 |
||
|
G65 |
Macro Call (One-Shot) |
|
|
|
6-14-1 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-104 |
|
|
|
|
Argument Assignment |
|
|
6-14-1-1 |
I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-104 |
|
|
|
|
Argument Assignment I |
|
|
6-14-1-2 |
II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-105 |
|
|
|
|
Argument Assignment II |
|
|
6-14-1-3 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-105 |
|
|
|
|
Mixture of Argument Assignments I and II |
|
|
6-14-2 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-106 |
|
|
|
|
Nesting Level for Calls |
|
6-15 G66 G67 . . . . |
2-107 |
|||
|
G66 |
Macro Modal Call (Every Axis Travel Command), G67 Macro Modal Call Cancel |
|
|
6-16 G90 G94 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-109 |
|||
|
G90 |
O.D./I.D. Cutting Cycle, G94 Face Cutting Cycle |
|
|
6-17 |
G97 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-110 |
||
|
G97 |
Controlling Spindle Speed at Constant Speed |
|
|
6-18 G98, G99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-112 |
|||
|
G98, G99 Setting Feedrate Units |
|
7 M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-114 M FUNCTIONS
7-1 |
M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-114 |
|
|
M Code List |
|
|
|
7-1-1 M 1000 M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-117 |
|
|
|
Quick M-Code (M-Code which Start from 1000) |
|
7-2 M00 M01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-118 |
||
|
M00 |
Program Stop, M01 Optional Stop |
|
7-3 M02 M30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-119 |
||
|
M02 Program End, M30 Program End and Rewind |
|
|
7-4 |
M03 |
M04 M05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-120 |
|
M03 |
Spindle Start, M04 Spindle Start in the Reverse Direction, M05 Spindle Stop |
|
7-5 |
M08 |
M09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-122 |
|
M08 |
Coolant Discharge ON, M09 Coolant Discharge OFF |
|
7-6 |
M10 |
M11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-123 |
|
M10 |
Spindle Chuck Clamp, M11 Spindle Chuck Unclamp |
|
7-7 M23 M24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-125 M23 Chamfering ON, M24 Chamfering OFF
7-8 M25 M26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-127 M25 Tailstock Spindle OUT, M26 Tailstock Spindle IN
7-8-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-128 Center-Work Programming with Safety
7-9 M28 M29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-131 M28 In-Position Check Valid, M29 In-Position Check Invalid
7-10 M48
M49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-133 M48 Feedrate Override Cancel OFF, M49 Feedrate Override Cancel ON
7-11 M51
M59 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-133 M51 Spindle Chuck Air Blow ON, M59 Spindle Chuck Air Blow OFF (Option)
7-12 M70 M482 M483 . . . . . . . . 2-134 M70 Bar Stock Supply ON, M482 New Bar Stock Supply to Bar Feeder,
M483 Bar Stock Supply OFF (Option)
7-13 M73 M74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-136 M73 Work Unloader OUT, M74 Work Unloader IN (Option)
7-14 M85/M220 M86/M221 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-138 M85/M220 Automatic Door OPEN, M86/M221 Automatic Door CLOSE (Option)
7-15 M89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-139 M89 Work Counter
7-16 M98/198 M99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-141 M98/198 Sub-Program Call, M99 Return from Sub-Program
7-16-1 M98, M99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-141 Using M98 and M99 Commands
7-16-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-142 Nesting
7-16-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-143 Repeating Sub-Program Calls
7-16-4 M198 M99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-144 Using M198 and M99 Commands
7-16-5 M98, M99 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-145 Programming Using M98 and M99
7-17 M200 M201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-147 M200 Chip Conveyor Forward Rotation Start, M201 Chip Conveyor Stop
7-18 M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-147 Multiple M Code Function
8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-148 PROGRAM TO SHORTEN PROCESSING TIME
9 T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-150 T FUNCTION
9-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-150 Tool No.
9-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-151 Tool Geometry Offset
9-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-152 Tool Wear Offset
10 S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-157 S FUNCTION
10-1 - - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-158 Relationship among Cutting Speed, Diameter, and Spindle Speed
11 F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-159 F FUNCTION
11-1 1 G99 F_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-159 Feed per Spindle Revolution (G99 F_ )
11-2 1 G98 F_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-160 Feed per Minute (G98 F_ )
11-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-161 Feedrate for Finishing
12 . . . . . . . . 2-162
SETTING TOOL GEOMETRY OFFSETS AND COORDINATE SYSTEMS (WITHOUT TOOL PRESETTER)
12-1 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-162 |
|
Flow of Tool Geometry Offset and Coordinate System Setting |
|
12-2 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-163 |
|
Preparation for Tool Geometry Offset/Coordinate System Setting |
|
12-3 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-165 |
|
Tool Geometry Offset Value Measurement/Entry |
|
12-4 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-170 |
|
Setting Work Coordinate System |
|
|
12-4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-170 |
|
Relationship between Work Coordinate System and Tool |
|
|
12-4-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-170 |
|
Setting Cutting Allowance on Workpiece End Face |
|
13 R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-171 AUTOMATIC TOOL NOSE RADIUS OFFSET
13-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-171 General
13-2 R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-174 |
|
Conditions for Use of the Automatic Tool Nose Radius Offset Function |
|
|
13-2-1 |
" " . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-174 |
|
Setting the "Imaginary Tool Tip Position" |
|
13-2-2 |
R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-177 |
|
Setting Tool Nose Radius |
|
13-2-3 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-177 |
|
Specifying the Offset Direction |
|
13-3 R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-178 |
|
Technical Terms Used in the Explanation |
|
|
of the Automatic Tool Nose Radius Offset Function |
|
|
13-3-1 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-178 |
|
Start-Up |
|
13-3-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-180 Offset Mode
13-3-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-181 Cancel Mode
13-4 R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-183 General Cautions on the Automatic Tool Nose Radius Offset Function
13-4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-183 If a Wall Lies at the End of Cutting
13-4-2 R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-186 Overcut in the Automatic Tool Nose Radius Offset Mode
13-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-188 Example Program
13-5-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-188 Basic Programs
13-6 R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-197 Recommended Example Programs (Automatic Tool Nose Radius Offset)
14 R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-200 MANUAL TOOL NOSE RADIUS OFFSET
14-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-200 General
14-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-201 Offset for Taper Cutting and Chamfering
14-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-201 Offset Method
14-2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-202 Calculating Offset Data
14-2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-204 Offset Direction and Calculation of Coordinate Values
14-2-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-204 Offset Direction
14-2-3-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-205 Calculating Coordinate Values
14-2-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-209 Example Program
14-2-5 R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-212 Manual Offset Data Table
14-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-216 Offset in Circular Interpolation
14-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-216 Convex Arc
14-3-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-216 Concave Arc
14-3-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-217 Calculating the Coordinate Values to be Specified in a Program
14-3-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-217 Example Program
14-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-220 Example Programming (Sample Workpiece)
15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-226 MULTIPLE REPETITIVE CYCLES
15-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-226 General
15-2 G71, G72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-229 G71, G72 Rough Cutting Cycle
15-3 G73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-238 G73 Closed-Loop Cutting Cycle
15-4 G71, G72, G73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-242 Cautions on Using G71, G72, and G73 Cycles
15-5 G70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-244 G70 Finishing Cycle
15-6 G74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-246 G74 Face Cut-Off, Grooving Cycle and Deep Hole Drilling Cycle
15-7 G75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-250 G75 O.D./I.D. Grooving Cycle, Cut-Off Cycle
15-8 G76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-254
G76 Multiple Thread Cutting Cycle
15-8-1 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-256 |
|
Infeed Mode |
|
15-8-2 |
G76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-257 |
|
Cautions on G76 Multiple Thread Cutting Cycle |
|
15-8-3 |
1 . . . . . . . . . |
2-257 |
|
Relationship between Depth of Cut |
|
|
in First Cycle and Number of Thread Cutting Cycles |
|
|
(Fixed Metal Removal Rate and Straight Feed along the Thread Face) |
|
15-8-3-1 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-257 |
|
|
Calculating Number of Thread Cutting Paths when |
|
|
Depth of Cut for First Path is Given |
|
15-8-3-2 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-258 |
|
|
Calculating Depth of Cut for First Path when |
|
|
Number of Thread Cutting Paths is Given |
|
16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-260 HOLE MACHINING CANNED CYCLE
16-1 G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-263 Hole Machining Canned Cycle List (G Codes)
16-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-263 Face Hole Machining Canned Cycle
16-2 G83 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-265 G83 Face Drilling Cycle
16-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-265 Face High-Speed Deep Hole Drilling Cycle
16-2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-266 Face Deep Hole Drilling Cycle
16-2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-268 Face Spot Drilling Cycle
16-2-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-269 Face Spot Drilling Cycle (Dwell)
16-3 G84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-271 G84 Face Tapping Cycle
16-4 G85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-273 G85 Face Boring Cycle
16-5 M329 G84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-275 M329 G84 Face Synchronized Tapping Cycle (at the Center of Spindle)
16-6 G84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-277 Cautions on Programming Using G84
16-6-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-277 Dwell Command
16-6-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-278 Precautions on Using the Tapper
16-6-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-278 To Finish Tapping at Correct Depth in Blind Hole
17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-280 EXAMPLE PROGRAM
17-1 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-281 Chuck-Work Programming (1)
17-2 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-287 Chuck-Work Programming (2)
17-2-1 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-288 1st Process
17-2-2 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-292 2nd Process
17-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-297 Various Part Programs
17-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-297 Grooving
17-3-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-298 I.D. Deep Hole Drilling
18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-299 TOOL LIFE MANAGEMENT FUNCTION
18-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-300 Setting Tool Life Data by Manual Operation
18-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-300 Tool Life Management Screen
18-1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-302 Tool Detail Screen
18-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-303 Setting the Tool Life Data in Program
18-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-304 Specification in Machining Program
18-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-304 Group Command
18-3-2 M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-304 Life Count M Code
18-3-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-304 Counting the Tool Life
18-3-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-305 Skip Command
18-3-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-305 State Flag Clear Command
18-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-306 New Tool Selection Flag and Tool Life Expired Flag
18-4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-306 New Tool Selection Flag
18-4-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-306 Tool Life Expired Flag
18-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-307 Reading Tool Life Management Information
18-6 PMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-309 Reading PMC Address Information
18-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-310 Alarm Table
18-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-311 Parameters
19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-312 SETTING BARRIER TO DEFINE THE TOOL ENTRY PROHIBITION ZONE
19-1 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-312 |
|
|
Chuck/Tailstock Barrier Function |
|
|
|
19-1-1 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-312 |
|
|
Setting Procedure |
|
|
19-1-2 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-314 |
|
|
Alarm Message |
|
19-2 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-315 |
|
|
Stored Stroke Check Function |
|
20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-317 REGULAR MAINTENANCE
20-1 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-317 |
|
Importance of Inspections |
|
20-2 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-318 |
|
Regular Inspection List |
|
20-3 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-320 |
|
Maintenance Route Map |
|
|
20-3-1 DuraTurn 1530, DuraTurn 2030. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-320 |
|
20-3-2 DuraTurn 2050, DuraTurn 2550. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-322 |
20-4 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-324 |
|
Oils |
|
|
20-4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-324 |
|
Recommended Oils |
|
|
20-4-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-325 |
|
Equivalent Oils |
|
20-5 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-326 |
|
Limit Switch Position |
|
20-6 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-327 |
|
Preparation for Machine Operation after Prolonged Idle Period |
|
20-7 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-328 |
|
Machining Chamber |
|
|
20-7-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-328 |
|
Replacing Machining Chamber Observation Window |
|
|
20-7-2 DuraTurn 2050, DuraTurn 2550 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-330 |
|
Replacing Tailstock Observation Window (DuraTurn 2050, DuraTurn 2550) |
|
|
20-7-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-331 |
|
Cleaning Inside Machine |
|
|
20-7-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-331 |
|
Cleaning Spindle Drain Hole |
|
|
20-7-3-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-332 |
|
Cleaning Slideway (Ball Screw) Protective Covers and Operator Door Rail |
|
|
20-7-3-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-332 |
|
Cleaning Cylinder Rear Section (Hollow Chuck Specifications) |
|
|
20-7-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-333 |
|
Cleaning the Chuck |
|
|
20-7-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-334 |
|
Replacing Machine Light |
|
20-8 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-336 |
|
Coolant Unit |
|
|
20-8-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-336 |
|
Precautions when Selecting Coolant |
|
|
20-8-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-338 |
|
Replenishing Coolant |
|
|
20-8-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-338 |
|
Adjusting Coolant Supply Rate |
|
|
20-8-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-339 |
|
Cleaning the Coolant Tank and Filter (Machine without External Chip Conveyor) |
|
|
20-8-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-341 |
|
Cleaning the Coolant Tank and Filter (Machine with External Chip Conveyor) |
|
|
20-8-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-344 |
|
Flow of Coolant and Positions where Used |
|
20-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-345 Hydraulic Unit
20-9-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-345 Precautions when Performing Maintenance Work
20-9-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-345 Checking Oil Level/Replenishing Oil
20-9-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-346 Replacing Oil
20-9-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-347 Checking Pressure Gage
20-9-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-347 Cleaning Radiator
20-9-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-348 Cleaning Suction Strainer and Tank
20-9-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-350 Flow of Hydraulic Oil and Positions where it is Used
20-9-7-1 DuraTurn 1530, DuraTurn 2030. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-350 20-9-7-2 DuraTurn 2050, DuraTurn 2550. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-351
20-9-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-352 Hydraulic Circuit Diagram
20-9-8-1 DuraTurn 1530, DuraTurn 2030. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-352 20-9-8-2 DuraTurn 2050, DuraTurn 2550. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-354
20-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-356 Lubricating Unit
20-10-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-356 Replenishing Lubricant
20-10-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-356 Cleaning Line Filter
20-10-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-357 Cleaning Lubricant Tank, Suction Filter and Fill Port Filter
20-10-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-358 Flow of Lubricant and Positions where Used
20-10-4-1 DuraTurn 1530, DuraTurn 2030. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-358 20-10-4-2 DuraTurn 2050, DuraTurn 2550. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-359
20-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-360 Pneumatic Devices (Option)
20-11-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-360 Air Pressure Inspection and Adjustment
20-11-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-360 Manual Draining from Air Filter
20-11-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-361 Air Filter Inspection and Filter Element Replacement
20-11-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-362 Flow of Compressed Air and Positions where it is Used
20-11-4-1 DuraTurn 1530, DuraTurn 2030. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-362 20-11-4-2 DuraTurn 2050, DuraTurn 2550. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-363
20-11-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-364 Air Circuit Diagram
20-11-5-1 DuraTurn 1530, DuraTurn 2030. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-364 20-11-5-2 DuraTurn 2050, DuraTurn 2550. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-365
20-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-366 Electrical Cabinet
20-12-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-366 Electrical Cabinet View
20-12-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-367 Opening/Closing Electrical Cabinet Door
20-12-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-367 Precautions when Opening/Closing Electrical Cabinet Door
20-12-2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-367 Opening Electrical Cabinet Door with Main Power OFF
20-12-2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-368 Closing Electrical Cabinet Door with Main Power OFF
20-12-2-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-368 Opening Electrical Cabinet Door with Main Power ON
20-12-2-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-369 Closing Electrical Cabinet Door with Main Power ON
20-12-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-369 Cleaning Electrical Cabinet Fan and Filter
20-12-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-371 Replacing Batteries
20-12-4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-371 Precautions when Replacing Batteries
20-12-4-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-371 SERVO Absolute Position Sensing Battery
20-12-4-3 NC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-372 NC Memory Back-Up Battery
20-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-373 Chip Conveyor
20-13-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-373 Precautions when Using Chip Conveyor
20-13-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-374 Operating Chip Conveyor
20-13-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-374 Cleaning Chip Conveyor
20-13-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-375 Adjusting Chip Conveyor Belt
21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-377 TROUBLESHOOTING
21-1 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-377 |
|
|
Alarm Message |
|
|
|
21-1-1 |
NC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-377 |
|
|
NC Alarm |
|
|
21-1-2 PLC EX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-377 |
|
|
|
PLC Alarm (Alarm Starting with "EX") |
|
21-2 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-378 |
|
|
Input/Output Signal Confirmation Procedure |
|
|
21-3 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-380 |
|
|
Malfunctions at Main Power ON |
|
|
|
21-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-380 |
|
|
|
Screen not Displayed when Power Turned ON |
|
|
21-3-2 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-381 |
|
|
Screen Displayed but Cannot Advance when [OK] Soft-Key Pushed |
|
|
21-3-3 |
" " . . . . |
2-381 |
|
|
"Open/Close Door" Display does not Disappear when Door Opened/Closed |
|
|
21-3-4 |
EX0069 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-382 |
|
|
EX0069 (Door Lock Time Over) |
|
|
|
|
|
21-4 |
"300 APC n " . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-383 |
|
Example of Countermeasures when "300 APC ALARM: |
|
|
n AXIS ORIGIN RETURN" is Displayed |
|
21-5 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-386 |
|
Soft-Overtravel Alarm |
|
21-6 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-387 |
|
Coolant Unit Problems |
|
|
21-6-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-387 |
|
When Coolant Spills on the Floor |
|
|
21-6-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-387 |
|
When Coolant is not Supplied |
|
|
21-6-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-387 |
|
Coolant Pump Operation Check |
|
|
21-6-2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-387 |
|
Coolant Level Check |
|
|
21-6-2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-388 |
|
When the Coolant Pump is not Operating |
|
21-7 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-390 |
|
Hydraulic Unit Alarms |
|
|
21-7-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-390 |
|
Hydraulic Unit Alarms |
|
21-8 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-391 |
|
Lubrication Unit Alarms |
|
|
21-8-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-391 |
|
Lubricating Unit Abnormal Pressure Alarm Triggered |
|
|
21-8-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-393 |
|
Checking Lubricating Unit Operation |
|
|
21-8-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-393 |
|
Air Bleeding |
|
|
21-8-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-394 |
|
Relief Valve Disassembly/Cleaning |
|
|
21-8-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-395 |
|
Relief Valve Adjustment |
|
|
21-8-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-396 |
|
Lubricant Leakage Check |
|
21-9 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-397 |
|
When Intended Accuracy Cannot be Achieved |
|
|
21-9-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-397 |
|
Adjusting Machine Level |
|
|
21-9-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-397 |
|
Checking Accuracy and Making Adjustments |
|
21-10 |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-398 |
|
Tool Presetter Stylus Break Stem Replacement |
|
|
FOR SAFE MACHINE OPERATION |
P-1 |
|
|
|
FOR SAFE MACHINE OPERATION
1
1. るようにしてください。
1.Understand the contents of this manual thoroughly. Store this manual close to the machine to enable easy reference whenever necessary.
2.Do not allow persons who lack basic knowledge of the machine or sufficient training to perform operation, maintenance or programming of the machine. Mori Seiki is not liable for accidents.
3.Determine the most appropriate settings.
4.Do not change or modify the machine without prior consultation with Mori Seiki. Mori Seiki is not liable for accidents.
5.Take adequate safety measures for both machine and operators.
6.Provide operators with sufficient training and education prior to operation. Prohibit anyone without sufficient safety training from entering the plant and vicinity of the machine.
7.This machine is manufactured for use by persons with normal senses. Actual machine operations are the sole responsibility of the user.
8.Do not export, resell or relocate to a destination with different laws or standards.
2
3." " " "" "
1.Before operating or programming the machine, or performing maintenance procedures, read and understand this manual thoroughly.
2.Prior to machine operation, take necessary training and education.
3.Assume that something is impossible unless the manual specifically states that it can be done.
4.Never operate, maintain, or program the machine while under the influence of alcohol or drugs.
5.Trim clothing and hair. [Entanglement]
6.Wear safety shoes, eye protectors and a helmet at all times.
P-2 |
|
FOR SAFE MACHINE OPERATION |
3
•MSDS
機械に対して化学的に影響のないクーラントを使 用してください。MSDS
3. セミドライ加工を含む
Failure to observe the following warnings may result in a fire or machine damage. Mori Seiki is not liable for any fire whose cause is other than a product defect.
1.When machining using coolant
•Receive the MSDS (MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET) from the coolant manufacturer directly yourself as the customer and use coolant without any chemical effects on the machine. Take careful note of the effects on the human body and the storage method described in the MSDS.
•Before starting automatic operation, check the amount of coolant in the coolant tank, and replenish coolant if necessary. When insufficient coolant is applied to the cutting point, the machined part will heat up due to insufficient cooling, and this may result in a fire.
2.When machining using flammable coolant (not recommended)
•Do not use a flammable coolant such as oil-based coolant, as it has high risk of a fire which may spread to the entire machine. If a flammable coolant is used out of necessity, any consequent fire or accident must be dealt with as the users' responsibility.
•Always monitor the machining process and do not carry out unmanned operation. Install appropriate automatic fire extinguishing equipment to quickly extinguish fire at an early stage.
•Check the flash point and the ignition point of the coolant to be used. Manage the material of the tools and workpieces, and tool wear so that the temperature during machining does not exceed these points.
•When coolant becomes a mist inside the machine, it may burn explosively in abnormal temperature conditions. Change the coolant discharge method so that no coolant mist becomes suspended inside the machine, or install equipment to collect the coolant mist generated.
•Use an explosion-proof mist collector.
•Check the instructions on coolant in the manuals in advance, and follow them.
3.When machining without using coolant (including dry cutting and semi-dry cutting)
•Check and manage the materials of the tools and workpieces to be used to prevent fire due to heat generated in the machining process.
4.When machining workpieces made of flammable material
•Always monitor the machining process and do not carry out unmanned operation. Install appropriate automatic fire extinguishing equipment to quickly extinguish fire at an early stage.
•Check and manage the tools and machining conditions to be used so that the temperature during machining does not exceed the ignition point.
•Materials such as magnesium may burn explosively when exposed to water while burning. Check the fire-fighting methods and equipment in advance, and install the equipment at suitable locations for quickly extinguishing fire.
|
FOR SAFE MACHINE OPERATION |
P-3 |
|
|
|
|
|
5. |
5. Before starting automatic operation |
|
|
• |
|
• Reconfirm that all parts of the tools and tool |
|
|
|
holders are securely tightened. Insufficient |
|
|
|
tightening leads to insufficient tool clamping, and |
|
|
|
may result in an accident or a fire caused by heat. |
|
• |
|
• Reconfirm that the workpiece is securely |
|
|
|
clamped. If a workpiece is not clamped securely, |
|
|
|
it may shift and make contact with a tool, resulting |
|
|
|
in a fire caused by heat. |
|
• |
|
• Do not use worn or damaged tools. If worn or |
|
|
|
damaged tools are used, chips may clog them, |
|
|
|
resulting in a fire caused by heat. |
|
• |
|
• Before starting automatic operation, reconfirm |
|
|
|
that the tools and programs to be used are |
|
|
correct. Failure to use the correct tools and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
programs may result in an accident or a fire. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Especially with a program in which the same |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
pattern is executed repeatedly, confirm that the |
||
|
2 |
||
|
tool is selected correctly before starting the |
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
second set of repetitions after the first machining. |
||
|
• Create a program after confirming the machining |
||
|
|
||
|
conditions so that the heat generated by rubbing |
||
|
|
is minimal. Creating programs without this |
|
• |
|
consideration may result in a fire or machine |
|
|
damage. |
|
|
|
NC |
• The conversational programming function creates |
|
|
|
NC programs based on general machining |
|
|
|
conditions, but the final responsibility for |
|
|
|
determining the machining conditions rests with |
|
• |
|
the user. Mori Seiki is not liable for the machining |
|
|
|
outcome of the conversational programming |
|
|
|
function. |
|
|
|
• During and after machining, completely remove |
|
|
|
chips if necessary. Failure to remove chips |
|
completely may result in a fire, depending on the workpiece material and machining conditions.
P-4 |
|
FOR SAFE MACHINE OPERATION |
4
To guard operators from danger, the machine is equipped
|
with safety devices as shown below. |
|
* |
Door Lock System |
[Emergency Stop] Button* |
|
* |
|
* Depending on the machine specifications, the |
|
|
|
|
|
[Emergency Stop] button may be mounted on |
|
|
|
|
the upper face of the chip conveyor. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
|
1. |
Be ready to press the [Emergency Stop] button |
|
2. |
|
2. |
during machine operation. |
|
|
Do not place any obstacle in front of an [Emergency |
|||
3. |
|
3. |
Stop] button. |
|
|
Even when the [Emergency Stop] button is pressed, |
|||
|
|
|
confirm all operations have come to a complete |
|
4. |
|
|
stop before approaching moving parts. |
|
|
4. |
Do not operate the machine with protective covers |
||
5. |
|
|
removed or while other safety devices are in invalid |
|
|
|
status. |
||
|
|
5. |
Do not put too much confidence in safety devices, |
|
|
|
|
protective covers and doors. This is not the |
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
explosion-proof specification machine. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
Recognition of the dangers involved in machining |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedures is required at all times. Dangers such |
||
6. |
|
|
||
|
as the ejection of a large workpiece or harmful dust |
|||
|
|
|
or an explosion caused by the machining of metals |
|
|
|
|
such as magnesium are not preventable even if the |
|
|
|
6. |
door is closed. |
|
|
|
If protective covers or safety devices are damaged, |
||
|
|
|
contact the Mori Seiki Service Department. |
FOR SAFE MACHINE OPERATION P-5
5
間違いなくもたらす危険
なる可能性が高い危険
物的損害のみを生じる危険
1.Observe the information on the caution labels.
2.Caution labels are marked according to the following warning levels.
DANGER: Failure to follow the instructions will result in serious injury or death.
WARNING: Failure to follow the instructions could result in serious injury or death.
CAUTION: Failure to follow the instructions could result in minor injury, or in damage to the machine.
3.Purchase a replacement caution label and re-affix in original position when a label peels off, becomes blurred and cannot be read, or a part with a label attached is replaced.
4.Ensure caution labels attached to the machine are written in the native language of the operator.
5.Contact the Mori Seiki Service Department on purchasing new caution labels and other inquiries.
" " " |
Refer to MACHINE INSTALLATION GUIDE, |
" |
DIAGRAM "Caution Labels" for caution labels. |
6
Cover power supply cables on the floor with rigid insulated plates.
[Electric shock]
Always keep the floor area around the machine clean, without material or fluid such as water and oil remained, to ensure the work area for safe machine operations. [Tripping/Slipping]
1.Do not use a cellular phone, electrical welding equipment, or other devices that generate electromagnetic waves in the vicinity of the machine. [Unexpected machine operation]
2.Ensure that the workplace is sufficiently illuminated. [Reduced operating efficiency and safety]
3.Take care not to trip over the footswitch. [Injury]
P-6 |
|
FOR SAFE MACHINE OPERATION |
7
7-1
1.Confirm all cables are properly insulated prior to machine operation.
[Electric shock]
2.Do not operate with wet hands. [Electric shock]
3.Confirm no personnel or obstacles remain inside protective covers or close to rotating or moving parts before starting machine operation. [Entanglement/Collision]
1.1. Do not change machine specifications, parameters
|
|
|
or modify the machine without prior consultation |
|
|
|
with Mori Seiki. |
2. |
|
|
[Impaired machine performance/Machine service |
|
|
2. |
life reduction] |
3. |
|
Before using a switch, button, or key, perform |
|
|
|
visual confirmation and then press or set decisively |
|
|
|
|
to avoid selection errors. |
|
|
3. |
[Mechanical error] |
4. |
|
When operating noise may be produced, change |
|
|
|
cutting conditions to limit the generation of noise or |
|
|
|
|
ensure the operator wears protective gear to avoid |
|
|
|
injury due to excessive noise levels. |
|
|
|
[Impaired hearing] |
|
|
4. |
This is not the explosion-proof specification |
5. |
|
|
machine. Dangers such as the ejection of a large |
|
|
workpiece or harmful dust or an explosion caused |
|
|
|
|
by the machining of metals such as magnesium are |
|
|
|
not preventable even if the door is closed. Do not |
6. |
|
|
rely on door and protective devices alone. |
2 |
|
Recognition of the dangers involved in machining |
|
|
|
5. |
procedures is required at all times. |
7. |
|
Before operating the machine, confirm there are no |
|
|
|
personnel or obstacles around or inside the |
|
|
|
|
machine. Keep distance from moving parts. |
8. |
|
6. |
[Injury/Machine damage, interference] |
|
|
When the machine is operated by more than one |
|
|
|
|
operator, cooperation and communication between |
9. |
|
|
them is required at all times. |
|
|
7. |
[Accident] |
10. |
|
Keep distance from spindle or other rotating parts. |
|
|
|
8. |
[Entanglement] |
|
|
Wear safety glasses at all times (including |
|
|
|
|
operators wearing prescription glasses). |
|
|
9. |
[Eye damage due to ejected foreign matter] |
|
|
Do not wear gloves when operating the machine. |
|
|
|
10. |
[Entanglement/Machine malfunction] |
|
|
Use a crane or lifter to mount or remove heavy |
|
|
|
|
workpieces. |
|
|
|
[Injury] |
|
FOR SAFE MACHINE OPERATION |
P-7 |
|
|
|
11.
12.
13.
14.
16.
17.20 cm
18.
ダ、その他の油圧回路の動作不良
20.
飛び出し
11.Bolts used for fixtures should be periodically replaced with the bolts specified by Mori Seiki that have appropriate strength.
[Bolt breakage/Workpiece, fixture, cutting tool ejection/Serious injuries/Machine damage]
12.Ensure workpiece, cutting tool, holder, soft jaws, and tailstock (if installed) are tightened securely. [Workpiece, cutting tool ejection]
13.Machining conditions such as depth of cut or feedrates must be set in stages with sufficient leeway during test cutting.
[Workpiece, cutting tool ejection]
14.Do not place hands or feet inside the chip conveyor (if installed) during operations.
[Entanglement]
15.Stop the machine and coolant supply before removing chips or adjusting the direction or volume of the coolant supply.
[Entanglement]
16.Remove the workpiece from the machine before deburring it by hand.
[Entanglement/Injury]
17.Always work at a safety margin of at least 20 cm from the window. This impact resistant window could be substantially deformed to ease the impact of an ejected tool, or could break if struck very hard.
[Injury]
18.When using the stopper inside the spindle, confirm the adjusting shaft does not protrude excessively from the rear of the spindle.
[Shaft ejection during spindle rotation]
19.When operating a machine equipped with a hollow chuck, install the attached through hole cover to the chuck if the through hole is not used.
[Chuck, cylinder or other hydraulic circuit malfunction due to entry of coolant or chips]
20.Contact the Mori Seiki Service Department before grinding.
[Grinding stone and cover breakage]
21.Optional specifications machines must be operated in compliance with such specifications.
<Spindle Rotation>
1.Spindle speeds must not exceed allowable speed limits of chuck, fixture and cylinder.
[Workpiece ejection]
2.Before starting the spindle, check the machining conditions.
[Workpiece ejection, Fixture damage]
3.Do not open the operator door during spindle or rotary tool rotation.
[Entanglement/Injury]
4.When starting or stopping the spindle manually, set the spindle speed setting button to the lowest, and then gradually increase or decrease the spindle speed to the required speed.
[Workpiece ejection]
5.The rotary tool spindle might not be rotated by maximum speed by conditions such as fixtures and rotary tools used even if length, the diameter, and the mass of the rotary tool are in the use limitations of the machine.
[Rotary tool ejection by rotating spindle at high speed forcibly]
P-8 |
|
FOR SAFE MACHINE OPERATION |
|
|
|
粉じんの侵入
4. は、Z
7. 第2
10.2
ホルダとタレットヘッドの接合する2
M,S, T, G, F MDI
1.Perform spindle and controlled axis test running procedures prior to machining.
[Thermal displacement adversely affecting machining accuracy]
2.Do not touch the lamps used to illuminate the interior of the machine during machine operation or immediately following power OFF.
[Burns]
3.When machining a workpiece such as carbon or ceramics which generate powder particles, contact the Mori Seiki Service Department.
[Inhaling powder particles, Powder particles entering slideway or gap between bearing]
4.When the turret head is rotated with cutting tools mounted, ensure tools in the turret do not interfere with the Z-axis protector, before rotating the turret.
5.Support the workpiece securely before unclamping the workpiece to perform workpiece removal. [Dropped workpiece]
6.When mounting a tool on a rotary tool holder with a collet, do not tighten the collet clamping nut excessively.
[Collet clamping nut damage]
7.When tooling, ensure interference does not occur. In the case of headstock 2 specification machines, ensure interference does not occur during workpiece transfer.
8.Do not stop spindle rotation while a cutting tool is in contact with the workpiece.
[Cutting tool and machine damage]
9.Note that when an incorrect milling tool is registered, the direction of the rotary tool may be reversed when the spindle is rotated. (Milling specifications only)
[Milling tool and machine damage]
10.When mounting a rotary tool holder on the turret head with bolts on two surfaces, tighten the bolts to ensure a gap is not generated between the two contact surfaces.
[Adversely affects machining accuracy]
11.When searching for a block during the machining process and restarting machining from this point, specify the M, S, T, G and F codes, and workpiece coordinate system, etc., in MDI mode after carefully checking the status of the machine and the NC. [Unexpected machine motion]
|
FOR SAFE MACHINE OPERATION |
P-9 |
7-2
散
1.When mounting a chuck, chuck cylinder, or connecting rod in the spindle, read the instruction manuals of Mori Seiki, the chuck manufacturer, and the chuck cylinder manufacturer prior to performing the procedure.
[Chuck, chuck cylinder or connecting rod damage]
2.When mounting or removing a chuck, lift the unit with a crane using eyebolts and cables. Ensure eyebolts and cables are removed after the procedure.
[Entanglement/Eyebolt and cable ejection]
3.The chuck or fixture clamping the workpiece must be secured to the spindle using the threaded holes in the spindle nose.
[Chuck and fixture ejection]
4.If a workpiece holding chuck or fixture other than the chuck supplied with the machine is used, contact the Mori Seiki Service Department prior to machine operation to prevent serious injury and machine damage.
Mori Seiki is not responsible for accidents caused by the use of a chuck or fixture prepared by the customer without prior consultation.
5.If the chuck supplied with the machine is removed from the machine and a specially prepared fixture is used, remove the chuck cylinder and connecting rod.
[Connecting rod, chuck cylinder ejection]
6.Leave the pilot bush mounted in the chuck when operating the machine.
[Master jaw or chuck jaw ejection]
7.Use only specified bolts to mount the chuck and tighten to the specified torque. Check at regular intervals to ensure the bolts are securely tightened. [Workpiece ejection/Chuck damage]
P-10 |
|
FOR SAFE MACHINE OPERATION |
7-3
し
2.2
<Setting>
1.Refer to the instruction manuals prepared by the chuck and cylinder manufacturers for the allowable plunger thrust of the chuck, allowable chucking and cylinder pressures, and the relationship between the top jaw height and allowable cylinder thrust, which must be set to a value within the permissible value range. If difficult to determine, contact the Mori Seiki Service Department.
[Chuck, cylinder damage/Workpiece and jaw ejection]
2.Set the chucking pressure and tailstock spindle thrusting force (tailstock specifications only) with full consideration given to the shape and material of the workpiece to be machined and machining conditions.
[Workpiece ejection]
3.The user is responsible for setting the speed of the chuck by taking the workpiece dimensions and shapes, cutting force, and chuck maintenance and inspections into consideration. Rotate the spindle at a speed no faster than allowable values under specified conditions.
[Workpiece ejection]
<Soft Jaws>
Do not machine the counter bore depth of the soft jaw mounting bolt.
[Loosened soft jaw causing workpiece ejection] <Lifting Workpiece>
1.Only technicians qualified to operate cranes are to perform workpiece-lifting procedures. [Workpiece, Machine damage/Accident]
2.When two or more people are involved in lifting, cooperation and clear communication is necessary at all times.
[Accident]
3.Use only wires, shackles and jigs strong enough to support the total weight of the workpiece. [Dropped workpiece]
4.Before lifting a workpiece, check that is held securely.
[Workpiece ejection]
5.Raise the workpiece a short distance off the floor to confirm it is well balanced in both crosswise and lengthwise directions.
[Dropped workpiece]
|
FOR SAFE MACHINE OPERATION P-11 |
|
|
|
<Safety Precautions> |
1.1. When machining long workpieces, always clamp
|
|
|
the free end of the workpiece securely with the |
|
|
|
tailstock or a steady rest (if installed). |
|
|
|
[Workpiece bent or shaken during spindle rotation, |
2. |
|
2. |
ejection outside of the machine] |
|
Before clamping a workpiece in the chuck, check |
||
|
|
|
using a pressure gage that the correct hydraulic or |
|
|
|
air pressure is supplied to the cylinder that actuates |
3. |
|
|
chuck operation. |
|
3. |
[Workpiece ejection] |
|
|
|
If a gap exists between the workpiece rear surface |
|
|
|
|
and the chuck locator face or the jaw face on which |
|
|
|
the workpiece is to be seated, the workpiece |
|
|
|
rotation centerline is tilted in relation to the chuck |
|
|
|
rotation centerline, or if the workpiece is cast or |
4. |
|
|
forged, carry out test cutting at a low spindle speed |
|
|
to ensure safety. |
|
|
|
|
[Cutting force exceeds workpiece clamping |
|
|
|
capacity of chuck, causing workpiece ejection] |
|
|
4. |
When a workpiece is eccentric, not round or the |
|
|
||
5. |
|
center of gravity of the workpiece is not at the |
|
|
|
center of the rotation, balance using a balancer with |
|
|
|
|
full consideration given to machining conditions |
6. |
|
|
such as the spindle speed. |
|
5. |
[Workpiece ejection] |
|
|
|
Do not rotate the spindle without a workpiece when |
|
|
|
|
using a balancer. |
|
|
|
[Spindle bearing wear, component seizure] |
|
|
6. When using a manually tightened chuck or fixture, |
|
|
|
|
always remove the clamp handle or tightening tool |
|
|
|
from the chuck or fixture after tightening. |
|
|
|
[Clamp handle, tightening tool ejection] |
1.1. When chucking or supporting a workpiece, take the
討してください。
プ機構の低下
rigidity of the workpiece into account when determining the chucking or supporting method and chucking pressure or tailstock thrust (if installed). [Impaired machine accuracy]
2.Do not subject the chuck jaws or workpiece to shock.
[Adversely affecting chucking accuracy, functions, and service life]
3.When leaving the machine with the power OFF for an extended period, always remove the workpiece from the clamping device.
[Dropped workpiece/Chuck and tailstock clamping mechanism service life adversely affected]
4.When clamping or unclamping the chuck, take care to ensure hands or fingers do not become caught in the chuck or chuck jaws.
[Injury]
P-12 |
|
FOR SAFE MACHINE OPERATION |
7-4
1.1. Implement the following safety measures when the
|
" " |
|
door is shut and the door interlock function is |
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
released. |
||||
|
|
|
|
<To Prevent Automatic Operation Start> |
|||||||
|
• |
|
|
|
• |
Push the mode selection button [Handle]. |
|||||
|
• |
|
|
• |
Unclamp the chuck. |
||||||
|
|
|
<To Ensure Operator Safety If Automatic Operation |
||||||||
|
• |
|
Is Started By Mistake> |
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
• Set override switches (spindle speed, rapid |
||||||
|
• |
|
|
|
traverse rate, cutting feedrate) at the lowest |
||||||
|
|
|
setting. |
||||||||
|
• |
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
• Turn the single block function ON. |
||||||||
|
• |
|
1 |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
• Turn the machine lock function ON. |
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
• Establish the coolant OFF mode by pressing |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
the coolant button [OFF] for longer than one |
||||||
|
• |
|
|
|
second. |
||||||
|
• |
|
|
|
|
|
<To Prevent Spindle Rotation Start> |
||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Unclamp the chuck. |
||
|
|
|
• Set the operation selection key-switch to the |
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
• |
|
|
|
[Operation Disable]. |
||||||
|
|
|
<To Ensure Operator Safety If The Spindle Is Started |
||||||||
|
• |
|
|
By Mistake> |
|||||||
|
|
• Set the spindle speed setting button to the |
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
lowest setting. |
|||||||
|
• |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
<To Prevent Turret Head Indexing> |
|||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Set the [Turret Indexing] button to the |
|||
2. |
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
station number currently indexed. |
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
• Set the operation selection key-switch to the |
|
|
|||||||
|
1) |
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
2. |
|
[Operation Disable]. |
|||||
|
|
|
When using a bar feeder or bar supporter, confirm |
||||||||
|
2) |
|
|||||||||
|
|
excessive vibration is not generated as follows: |
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
1) Close the operator door with a workpiece |
|||||||
3. |
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
clamped in the chuck and set the spindle |
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
speed setting button to the lowest setting. |
||||
|
• |
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
2) Rotate the spindle in manual mode and |
||||||||
|
• |
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
gradually increase the spindle speed to the |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. |
|
maximum specified in the program. |
||
|
• |
|
If excessive vibration is generated, perform the |
||||||||
|
• |
|
|
following countermeasures. |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
• |
Correct the bend. |
||
|
|
|
• Change the maximum spindle speed used in the |
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
program to a speed that does not cause |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
vibration of the machine body or the bar feeder. |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
• Adjust the alignment of the machine and bar |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
feeder. |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
• Check that appropriate guide bushes are used |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in the spindle through-hole. |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the vibration cannot be eliminated by performing |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the countermeasures listed above, contact the Mori |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Seiki Service Department. |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Machine damage/Machining accuracy lowered] |
|
FOR SAFE MACHINE OPERATION P-13 |
7-5
1. 適切であるかを確認してから、自動運転を起動してく
がり
5.1
1.Start automatic operation after ensuring that the dry-run function is released and each override switch setting (spindle, rapid traverse, cutting traverse) is appropriate.
[Unexpected speed of spindle and each axis]
2.The length of the bar stock must be shorter than the spindle length unless a bar feeder is used. Do not insert bar stock into the spindle while the spindle is rotating.
[Spindle runout increase/Collision with bar/Bar bending]
3.Some switches have covers preventing unintentional switch actuation. Keep covers closed except when pressing the switches. If a switch cover is damaged, contact the Mori Seiki Service Department.
[Switch actuated unintentionally/Unexpected machine operation]
4.Before opening the operator door during a machining operation, make sure that the door interlock function is activated. Close the operator door before restarting the machine operation. [Serious injuries]
5.When changing the machine lock function from valid to invalid, ensure change is performed after executing a cycle.
[Gap generated between program command and machine position]
6.Confirm the cycle start indicator is extinguished and the program end indicator is illuminated before exchanging the workpieces.
[Program not completed, causing machine to start operating]
7.Before carrying out unmanned operation over extended periods, or machining using an inflammable coolant workpiece, install automatic fire extinguishing equipment.
[Fire]
1.Before mass production, check the program and perform a test cutting in single block mode. [Workpiece and cutting tool collision]
2.When machining bar stock on a machine equipped with a bar feeder or spindle through-hole, use straight bar stock only. When machining bar stock with a diameter smaller than that of the spindle (or draw bar), use a guide bush.
[Machine vibration/Impaired machine accuracy]
3.Keep the chip conveyor operating all the times during automatic operation.
[Chip accumulation causing chip conveyor damage]
4.If abnormal noise or vibration is generated during machine operation, determine the cause and take appropriate action.
[Machine damage/Impaired machining accuracy]
P-14 |
|
FOR SAFE MACHINE OPERATION |
|
|
|
5. ハードオーバトラベルを解除するとき、〔第2 O.T.
り操作〔×1
5.When releasing the hard overtravel on a machine with that function, the axis movement interlock can be released by pressing the [2nd O.T. Release] button. Do not move the axis in the direction in which
the hard overtravel occurred. For safety reasons, feed the axes using the handle feed [×1] until the hard overtravel status has been canceled.
[Interference between carriage and covers]
6.If abnormal vibration or chattering is generated during machining, change machining conditions to the proper values.
[Rapid bearing damage/Cutting tool wear]
7-6
1.1. All interlock functions must be ON when operating
" " |
the machine. If necessary to operate the machine |
|
" " |
with interlocks released, awareness of the dangers |
|
|
involved and particular attention given to safety |
|
" " |
during machine operation is essential. Following |
|
" " |
completion of the operation, ensure interlocks are |
|
turned back ON immediately. |
||
|
||
[Machine operates in unexpected manner] |
||
2. |
||
2. Do not put too much confidence in door interlock |
||
|
||
|
function. Ensure safety procedures are followed at |
|
|
all times. |
7-7
1. |
1. Back up stored programs, parameters set before |
|
shipping and offset data. |
|
[Programs destroyed, parameter data and/or offset |
|
data lost] |
|
Mori Seiki is not liable for problems resulting |
|
from destroyed programs or lost data that have |
|
not been backed up. |
2.2. If necessary to perform a memory clear operation,
|
contact the Mori Seiki Service Department for assis- |
|
tance. |
|
[Data deleted] |
|
FOR SAFE MACHINE OPERATION P-15 |
7-8
1.NC 36 31
" " " "
3-1
4-1
4.5-1
5.6-1
<Industrial Robot Specifications>
Only qualified personnel trained and approved in accordance with local regulations may operate robots. Unauthorized personnel may not operate robots under any circumstances, including teaching and inspection. Personnel assisting robot operators must be fully qualified.
P-16 |
|
FOR SAFE MACHINE OPERATION |
8 NC
8-1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The programs given in this manual are not applicable to |
|
|
all types of machines. Programs must be written while |
|
|
taking the performance of the machine into consider- |
|
|
ation and be executed with due consideration given to |
|
|
safety. If the machine's capacity is not taken into |
|
|
account when writing the program, the workpiece or cut- |
|
|
ting tool may fly out during machining. |
Z X XZ
For center-work machining, move the Z-axis first and then the X-axis to position the cutting tool at the approach point. In the cutting tool retraction operation, first retract the X-axis to a point where continued cutting tool movement does not interfere with the tailstock, and then move the Z-axis to the required retraction position. [Turret and tailstock interference]
8-2
Place the operation selection key-switch in the [Oper-
ation Enable] or [Operation Disable] position after completing program entry to prevent the program being accidentally updated.
[Unexpected machine motion]
2.G10 "00(EXT)" G54 G59
1.Do not discharge coolant when the spindle is not rotating. Take measures to ensure that coolant does not enter the spindle bearings when it is discharged while the spindle is rotating.
[Spindle damage]
2.Note that if data is set for "00(EXT)" on the WORK COORDINATES screen by specifying G10 or system variable commands, the workpiece zero point is shifted in the same direction in all of the work coordinate systems, G54 to G59.
[Tool/Turret and chuck interference, machine damage]
|
FOR SAFE MACHINE OPERATION P-17 |
9
9-1
1.1. Always turn the power OFF before performing main-
|
|
tenance and inspection procedures. If absolutely |
||
|
|
|
necessary to perform procedures with power ON, |
|
2. |
|
exercise extreme caution at all times. |
||
|
|
|
|
[Electric shock/entanglement] |
3. |
|
2. Never close the operator door when working inside |
||
|
the machine with the main power switch ON. |
|||
|
|
OFF |
|
[Locked/Rapid machine operations initiated unex- |
|
|
|
pectedly] |
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
3. Ensure the main power switch is turned [OFF] and |
||
|
locked at all times when performing maintenance |
|||
|
" " 2-4 |
|||
|
procedures considered dangerous if the power is |
4.ON.
|
|
|
For details on locking the main power switch, |
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
refer to "Main Power Switch" (page 2-4). |
||
5. |
" " |
|
||
4. |
When working inside the machine, the door must be |
|||
6. |
|
|||
|
|
|
open. |
|
|
|
5. |
[Locked/Injury] |
|
|
|
Provide clear warning that the machine is being |
||
|
|
|
maintained and operations cannot be performed. |
|
|
|
6. |
[Accident] |
|
|
|
Before performing maintenance and inspection pro- |
||
|
|
|
cedures inside the electrical cabinet or on motors, |
|
7. |
|
|
transformers or machine lighting, confirm the plant- |
|
|
|
side power supply is turned OFF. Note that when |
||
|
|
|
the main power switch is turned OFF, parts may still |
|
8. |
|
|
contain residual electrical energy. Using a tester, |
|
|
|
|
confirm parts are free of residual energy prior to |
|
|
|
|
performing maintenance procedures. Maintenance |
|
|
|
|
procedures undertaken with the power turned ON |
|
|
|
|
must be performed by qualified electrical engi- |
|
|
|
|
neers. |
|
9. |
|
7. |
[Electric shock] |
|
|
|
Electrical wiring work is to be performed by quali- |
||
|
|
|
fied electrical engineers only. |
|
10. |
|
8. |
[Electric shock] |
|
|
Always turn the main power switch OFF before per- |
|||
|
|
|
forming chuck mounting/removal, inspection and |
|
|
|
|
lubrication procedures. |
|
|
|
|
[Entanglement] |
|
|
|
|
For details on chuck maintenance procedures, |
|
|
|
|
refer to the instruction manuals prepared by the |
|
|
|
|
chuck and cylinder manufacturers. |
|
|
|
9. |
Do not touch the hydraulic unit, coolant pump, sole- |
|
|
|
|
noid valves and servomotors during, or immedi- |
|
|
|
|
ately after operation as external surfaces reach high |
|
|
|
|
temperature. |
|
|
|
10. |
[Burns] |
|
|
|
Do not open electrical cabinet doors or the opera- |
||
|
|
|
tion panel except to perform maintenance and |
|
|
|
|
inspection procedures. |
|
|
|
|
[Dust and moisture entry/machine damage] |
P-18 |
|
FOR SAFE MACHINE OPERATION |
|
|
|
11.
12.
11.Ensure the connecting rod (draw bar/tube) between the chuck and cylinder, and other threaded parts are tightened securely at all times. [Vibration/Strength reduction/Machine accuracy degradation]
12.Do not overtighten bolts. [Machine distortion/Bolt breakage]
1.1. Consult the Mori Seiki Service Department prior to
|
|
|
performing replacement procedures. Use specified |
|
|
|
parts at all times. |
|
|
|
[Impaired machine performance and safety] |
|
|
|
Mori Seiki does not accept responsibility for |
|
|
|
accidents arising from the use of non-specified |
|
|
|
replacement parts or parts replaced without |
2. |
|
|
prior consultation. |
2. |
|
||
|
|
Stop machine operation immediately and contact |
|
|
|
|
the Mori Seiki Service Department following |
3. |
|
|
malfunction of any device related to the door |
|
|
interlock function. |
|
4. |
|
3. |
[Injury/Machine damage] |
|
Do not climb on top of the machine. |
||
|
|
|
[Falling] |
|
|
4. |
Do not leave articles such as tools and rags inside |
|
|
||
|
|
|
the machine. |
|
|
|
[Entanglement in tool/Ejection from machine] |
|
Do not touch chips or tool cutting edges without wearing |
|
protective gloves. |
|
[Injury] |
9-2
3. の国内法にもとづいた処理をしてください。
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
||
|
|
1.Management of keys supplied with the machine (operation panel, electrical cabinet, auxiliary devices) is the sole responsibility of the customer.
2.Keys not used on a regular basis (electrical cabinet key) must be removed from the lock and stored in a secure location.
3.Disposal of industrial waste such as oil, coolant, chips, and refrigerants is to be performed in strict compliance with safety and environmental protection laws as stipulated by the proper national and local authorities.
|
FOR SAFE MACHINE OPERATION P-19 |
9-3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Machine Noise Data |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
9-3-1 |
DuraTurn 1530 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
1000 |
|
|
|
|
1000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
1000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
E |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C |
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operation Panel |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A |
|
B |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DuraTurn 1530 |
|
|
|
DT153GA0021 |
|
|
|
2007/01/15 |
|
||||||||||||
Model |
|
|
|
Serial No. |
|
|
|
Date |
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6000 min−1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
Max. Spindle Speed |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Specifications |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X, Z: 24 m/min |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
Rapid Traverse Rate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
Department: |
Quality Assurance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Measured by |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Section: |
Value Performance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
Name: |
Kazutada Hashimoto |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Measured at |
|
Nara Factory Assembly Line |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Device |
|
|
RION Sound Level Meter NL-26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Frequency Characteristics |
|
Nominal A Weighting Frequency Characteristics |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fast |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Level |
|
|
Dynamic Response |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
61.8 dB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Default Value |
|
Background Noise |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dB |
|
Radiated Sound Pressure Level |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A |
|
B |
|
|
C |
D |
|
E |
|
Measuring Point*1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
ON |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66.8 |
|
|
66.3 |
|
|
66 |
68 |
|
69.1 |
||
Machine Power ON |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
6000 min−1 |
75.8 |
|
|
74.1 |
|
|
73.1 |
76.2 |
|
79.7 |
||||||||||||
When Spindle Running |
(6000 min−1 under no load) |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67.8 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
— |
||
*2 |
|
X-axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
At Axis Travel*2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Z |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
68.4 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
— |
||||
|
|
|
Z-axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70.2 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
— |
||
When Turret Indexing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*1 1 m1.55 ± 0.75 m
*2 100%
*1 |
Measured 1 m away from the machine and at a |
|
height of 1.55 ± 0.75 m from the floor |
*2 |
The axes travel at 100% rapid traverse rate |
P-20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FOR SAFE MACHINE OPERATION |
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9-3-2 |
DuraTurn 2030 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
1000 |
|
|
|
|
1000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
1000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
E |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C |
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operation Panel |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A |
|
B |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DuraTurn 2030 |
|
|
|
DT203FL0001 |
|
|
|
2007/01/05 |
|
||||||||||||
Model |
|
|
|
Serial No. |
|
|
|
Date |
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4000 min−1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
Max. Spindle Speed |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Specifications |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
Rapid Traverse Rate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
Department: |
Quality Assurance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Measured by |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Section: |
Value Performance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
Name: |
Kazutada Hashimoto |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Measured at |
|
Nara Factory Assembly Line |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Device |
|
|
ONO SOKKI LA-4350 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Frequency Characteristics |
|
Nominal A Weighting Frequency Characteristics |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fast |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Level |
|
|
Dynamic Response |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55.4 dB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Default Value |
|
Background Noise |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dB |
|
Radiated Sound Pressure Level |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A |
|
B |
|
|
C |
D |
|
E |
|
Measuring Point*1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
ON |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62.5 |
|
|
61.2 |
|
|
61.3 |
67.2 |
|
69 |
||
Machine Power ON |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
4000 min−1 |
71.8 |
|
|
70.8 |
|
|
68.1 |
74 |
|
78 |
||||||||||||
When Spindle Running |
(4000 min−1 under no load) |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67.8 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
— |
||
*2 |
|
|
X-axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
At Axis Travel*2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Z |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67.2 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
— |
||||
|
|
|
Z-axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
68.4 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
— |
||
When Turret Indexing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*1 1 m1.55 ± 0.75 m
*2 100%
*1 |
Measured 1 m away from the machine and at a |
|
height of 1.55 ± 0.75 m from the floor |
*2 |
The axes travel at 100% rapid traverse rate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FOR SAFE MACHINE OPERATION |
P-21 |
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9-3-3 |
DuraTurn 2050 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
1000 |
|
|
|
|
1000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
1000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
E |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C |
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operation Panel |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A |
|
B |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DuraTurn 2050 |
|
|
|
DT205FD0004 |
|
|
|
2006/07/17 |
|
||||||||||||
Model |
|
|
|
Serial No. |
|
|
|
Date |
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4000 min−1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
Max. Spindle Speed |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Specifications |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X, Z: 24 m/min |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
Rapid Traverse Rate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
Department: |
Quality Assurance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Measured by |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Section: |
Value Performance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
Name: |
Kazutada Hashimoto |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Measured at |
|
|
Nara Development Testing Center |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Device |
|
|
RION Sound Level Meter NL-26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Frequency Characteristics |
|
Nominal A Weighting Frequency Characteristics |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fast |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level |
|
|
Dynamic Response |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
57.5 dB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Default Value |
|
Background Noise |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dB |
|
Radiated Sound Pressure Level |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A |
|
|
B |
|
|
C |
D |
|
E |
Measuring Point*1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
ON |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
61.8 |
|
|
62 |
|
|
62.9 |
66.1 |
|
67.4 |
|
Machine Power ON |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
4000 min−1 |
71.6 |
|
|
72.1 |
|
|
71.2 |
74 |
|
73.8 |
||||||||||||
When Spindle Running |
(4000 min−1 under no load) |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
64.6 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
— |
||
*2 |
|
|
X-axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
At Axis Travel*2 |
|
Z |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67.2 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|||
|
|
|
Z-axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
68.1 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
— |
||
When Turret Indexing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*1 1 m1.55 ± 0.75 m
*2 100%
*1 |
Measured 1 m away from the machine and at a |
|
height of 1.55 ± 0.75 m from the floor |
*2 |
The axes travel at 100% rapid traverse rate |
P-22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FOR SAFE MACHINE OPERATION |
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9-3-4 |
DuraTurn 2550 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
1000 |
|
|
|
|
1000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
1000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
E |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C |
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operation Panel |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A |
|
B |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DuraTurn 2550 |
|
|
|
DT255FE0005 |
|
|
|
2006/07/17 |
|
||||||||||||
Model |
|
|
|
Serial No. |
|
|
|
Date |
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3000 min−1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
Max. Spindle Speed |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Specifications |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X, Z: 24 m/min |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
Rapid Traverse Rate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
Department: |
Quality Assurance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Measured by |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Section: |
Value Performance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
Name: |
Kazutada Hashimoto |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
Measured at |
|
Nara Development Testing Center |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Device |
|
|
RION Sound Level Meter NL-26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Frequency Characteristics |
|
Nominal A Weighting Frequency Characteristics |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fast |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Level |
|
|
Dynamic Response |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60.7 dB |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Default Value |
|
Background Noise |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dB |
|
Radiated Sound Pressure Level |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A |
|
B |
|
|
C |
D |
|
E |
|
Measuring Point*1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
ON |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66.6 |
|
|
63.1 |
|
|
64.1 |
68.1 |
|
67.1 |
||
Machine Power ON |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
3000 min−1 |
70.6 |
|
|
68.2 |
|
|
67.3 |
70.8 |
|
73.2 |
||||||||||||
When Spindle Running |
(3000 min−1 under no load) |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66.4 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
— |
||
*2 |
|
|
X-axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
At Axis Travel*2 |
|
Z |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67.5 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|||
|
|
|
Z-axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
69 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
— |
|
— |
||
When Turret Indexing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*1 1 m1.55 ± 0.75 m
*2 100%
*1 |
Measured 1 m away from the machine and at a |
|
height of 1.55 ± 0.75 m from the floor |
*2 |
The axes travel at 100% rapid traverse rate |
1
|
BASIC OVERVIEW |
1-1 |
1
1-1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<Front View> |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NC |
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
Turret |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NC Operation Panel |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Door Interlock Key-Switch |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
Chuck |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Machine Operation Panel |
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NC |
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
NC Power Buttons [ON]/[OFF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chip Conveyor |
||||||||
Coolant Pump |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Chip Conveyor Specification) |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lubricating Unit
4 |
|
|
Chuck Opening/Closing Footswitch |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
8 |
|
|
7 |
|
|
CE |
|
|
|
|
Tailstock (Tailstock Specifications) |
[Door Interlock Release] Button |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(CE Specification) |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Refer to |
|
|
Component |
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
1 |
|
" " 1-12 " |
"ZERO RETURN OPERATION" (page |
|||||||
Turret |
" 1-21 |
|
|
1-12), "TOOL MOUNTING PROCE- |
||||||
|
|
|
DURE" (page 1-21) |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
2 |
NC |
" |
|
1-8 |
|
"TURNING ON/OFF POWER" |
||||
|
NC Power Button [ON]/[OFF] |
|
" |
|
(page 1-8) |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
3 |
|
" " 1-58 |
|
"JAW SHAPING" (page 1-58) |
||||||
|
Chuck |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
" " 1-54 |
"CHUCKING" (page 1-54) |
|||||||
|
Chuck Opening/Closing Footswitch |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1-2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BASIC OVERVIEW |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Refer to |
||
|
Component |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
NC |
|
"NC " 1-5 |
"NC Operation Panel" (page 1-5) |
|||||||
|
NC Operation Panel |
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
6 |
|
|
|
" " 1-3 |
"Machine Operation Panel" (page 1-3) |
|||||||
|
|
Machine Operation Panel |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
"Releasing Door Interlock Function" |
||
7 |
|
CE |
|
" " 1-19 |
||||||||
|
|
[Door Interlock Release] button |
|
|
|
|
|
(page 1-19) |
||||
|
|
(CE Specification) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
" |
|
|
"TAILSTOCK (TAILSTOCK SPECIFI- |
|||||
|
|
Tailstock (Tailstock Specifications) |
|
|
|
" 1-73 |
|
CATIONS)" (page 1-73) |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
9 |
|
|
|
" " 1-19 |
"Releasing Door Interlock Function" |
|||||||
|
|
Door Interlock Key-Switch |
|
|
|
|
|
(page 1-19) |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
" |
"SETTING TOOL GEOMETRY OFF- |
||||||
|
|
|
|
" 1-43 |
SET VALUE (WITH TOOL PRESET- |
|||||||
|
|
Tool Presetter (Option) |
|
" Z " |
TER)" (page 1-43), "SETTING |
|||||||
|
|
|
WORKPIECE ZERO POINT (Z0)" |
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
1-51 |
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(page 1-51) |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
<Rear View> |
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Electrical Cabinet |
|
|
Main Power Switch |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Headstock
Chuck Cylinder
Hydraulic Unit
No. |
|
|
|
|
Refer to |
||
Component |
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
" " 2-3 |
|
"Electrical Cabinet Door" (page 2-3) |
|||
Electrical Cabinet |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
2 |
|
" " 1-8 |
"TURNING ON/OFF POWER" (page 1-8), |
||||
Main Power Switch |
" |
|
2-3 |
|
"Electrical Cabinet Door" (page 2-3) |
||
|
" |
|
|
|
BASIC OVERVIEW |
1-3 |
1-2
2-24 2-12
2-20 |
|
|
2-23 |
||
2-23 |
|||||
|
|
|
|||
2-24 |
|
|
2-23 |
|
|
|
|
|
2-22 |
||
2-26 |
|
|
|||
2 2-25 |
|
||||
|
|
||||
|
|
2-6 |
|
||
NC 2-9 |
|
||||
|
2-5 |
||||
|
|
NC |
2 |
|
|
|
|
MDI |
|
|
|
C1 |
C2 |
|
Y |
B |
|
|
C |
C |
C |
|
|
|
|
Z |
X |
−B |
+B |
1 |
2 |
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
X |
Z |
|
|
|
1 |
|
100 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
−C |
+C |
1 |
2 |
50 |
150 |
|
|
2 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
× 1 |
× 10 |
× 100 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X |
Y |
X |
X |
|
|
0 |
200% |
|
|
|
|
Z |
Z |
|
|
|
|
|
|
C |
C |
100% |
% |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Y |
ATC HP |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
B |
|
|
|
1 |
3 |
|
−Z |
|
+Z |
|
|
|
|
0 |
100 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Y |
X |
|
B |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
2-8 |
|
|
|
2-18 2-14 |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
2-11 |
2-21 |
|
|
2-15 |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
2-16 |
|
|
||
|
|
2-19 |
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
2-20 |
|
|
|
|
|
1-4 |
|
BASIC OVERVIEW |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chip Conveyor Buttons |
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
(Chip Conveyor Specification) (page 2-24) |
|
Spindle/Milling Buttons |
||||||
|
|
|
[Automatic Power Shutoff] Button |
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(page 2-12) |
|||||
Handle Switches (page 2-20) |
|
|
(page 2-23) |
|
|
|
|
|
||||
[Door Unlock] Button (page 2-24) |
|
|
|
[Machine Light] Button |
|
[Air Blow] Button (page 2-23) |
||||||
[Emergency Stop] Button |
|
|
|
|
(page 2-23) |
|
|
|
[Turret Indexing] |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
[Coolant] Buttons (page 2-26) |
Tailstock/Spindle 2 Buttons |
|
|
|
|
|
Buttons |
|
||||
|
|
|
(page 2-25) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(page 2-22) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mode Selection Buttons |
|
|
|
Operation Selection |
|||
NC Function Buttons (page 2-9) |
|
|
|
(page 2-6) |
|
|
|
Key-Switch (page 2-5) |
||||
EMERGENCY STOP |
FUNCTION |
|
TAILSTOCK/2nd SPINDLE |
MODE |
|
CHIP CONVEYOR |
PANEL |
ON |
||||
OSP |
BDT |
PCK |
|
|
MEM |
MDI |
TAPE |
FOR |
STOP |
BACK |
OFF |
PANEL |
|
|
|
/EDIT |
|||||||||
PSM |
PST |
DRN |
TSINC |
CL |
EDIT |
JOG |
ZRN |
APF |
LIGHT |
AIR |
SPINDLE/MILLING |
HANDLE |
|
|
C1 |
C2 |
Y |
B |
TURRET |
|
|
C |
|
TS/ |
C CHG |
C CHG |
|
2nd SP |
ON |
OFF THROUGH SP. |
Z |
X |
−B |
+B |
1 |
|
2 |
|
|
|
||||||
DOOR UNLOCK SINGLE |
% OVERRIDE |
X |
Z |
|
|
SPCL |
1 |
SPCL |
BLOCK |
100 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MILLING |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
−C |
+C |
|
||
50 |
150 |
|
|
SPINDLE |
2 |
SPINDLE |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
× 1 |
× 10 |
× 100 |
|
|
MRDY |
MILLING |
|
|
|
|
ERR |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X |
Y |
X 1 |
X 2 |
OVERRIDE |
|
|
|
|
0 |
200% |
|
|
|
Z 1 |
Z 2 |
100% |
|
% |
CYCLE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
C 1 |
C 2 |
|
||
|
% RAPID OVERRIDE |
|
|
|
Y |
ATC HP |
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
B |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
3 |
−Z |
|
+Z |
TS/2nd SP |
|
|
|
|
START |
STOP |
0 |
100 |
RPD |
|
TRCL |
NOR |
SPJ |
REV |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHCL |
|
Y |
X |
ONE TCH |
TCL |
|
|
|
ZRN |
B CL |
STOP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automatic Operation |
|
Manual Pulse |
[One-Touch Zero |
Spindle Speed Setting |
||||||
Buttons (page 2-8) |
|
Generator |
Return] Button |
Buttons (page 2-14) |
||||||
[Single Block] Button |
|
|
|
(page 2-18) |
|
Spindle Override Meter |
||||
|
|
(page 2-11) |
|
Axis Feed Amount |
[Rapid Traverse] |
|
(page 2-15) |
|||
Feedrate Override Switch |
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
Selection Buttons |
Button |
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
(page 2-19) |
|
(page 2-21) |
Axis Feed Buttons (page 2-16) |
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
Axis Selection Switch |
|
|
|
||
Rapid Traverse Rate Override Switch |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
(page 2-20) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BASIC OVERVIEW |
1-5 |
1-3 NC
NC "NC" 2-29
Explanation of NC Operation Panel keys can be found in "NC OPERATION PANEL" (page 2-29), MACHINE OPERATIONS. Refer to the page indicated by the number with the key name.
" " 2-30
"Program Edit Keys" (page 2-30)
" RESET " 2-31 |
|
" CAN " 2-32 |
|||||
"(RESET) Key" (page 2-31) |
|
"(CAN) Key" (page 2-32) |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
" " 2-32 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
"Function Selection Keys" (page 2-32) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
" HELP " 2-32
"(HELP) Key" (page 2-32)
" " 2-30
"Page Selection Keys" (page 2-30)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
" " |
|
|
|
" " |
|||||
"Address/Numeric keys" |
|
|
|
"Cursor Control Keys" |
|||||
|
" SHIFT " 2-31 " INPUT " 2-31 |
||||||||
|
"(SHIFT) Key" (page 2-31) |
"(INPUT) Key" (page 2-31) |
|
|
|
NC |
|
|
• |
|
|
2. ぞれのいずれかを押すことを表します。
MDI
×1 ×1
×10 ×10
×100 ×100
3. ドットや、見る角度によって生じる色や明るさ のむらが見られることがありますが、これらは 故障ではありません。
1.In this manual, the operations by keys and buttons are indicated in the methods below.
Soft-Key |
[ |
] |
NC Operation Panel Key |
( |
) |
Buttons/Switches |
[ |
] |
2.Selecting Automatic Mode/Manual Mode means pressing one of the buttons below. Automatic Mode:
[Memory] |
[MDI] |
[Tape]
Manual Mode:
[Jog]
[Zero Return] × 1 [×1]
×10 [×10]
×100 [×100]
Edit Mode:
[Edit]
3.There may be a very few dots which are (not) illuminated up all the time and irregularities of color and brightness depending on the angle on the liquid crystal display of the OPERATION PANEL screen caused during the production process, but these are not malfunctions.
1-6 |
|
BASIC OVERVIEW |
2
|
<Flow of Workpiece Cutting> |
1 3 Checking Drawings
Chapter 1, 3
1 4 Turning ON Power
Chapter 1, 4
1 12
Jaw Shaping Chapter 1, 12
1 12-1 Installing Tools for Jaw Shaping
Chapter 1, 12-1
1 9
Tool Geometry Offset Data Setting
Chapter 1, 9
Z 1 10
Setting of Workpiece Zero Point (Z-axis)
Chapter 1, 10
1 11-2 Checking/Adjusting Chuck Pressure
Chapter 1, 11-2
Completion of Jaw Shaping
1 8 Installing Tools for Workpiece Cutting
Chapter 1, 8
|
1 9 |
|
Tool Geometry Offset Data Setting |
Chapter 1, 9 |
Clamping Workpiece
1 11-2 Checking/Adjusting Chucking Pressure
Chapter 1, 11-2
1 13
Setting Tailstock Chapter 1, 13
|
1 15 |
Inputting Program |
Chapter 1, 15 |
1 16 No-Load Running/Program Check
Chapter 1, 16
1 17
Test Cutting Chapter 1, 17
1 18
Mass Production Chapter 1, 18
Completion of Product
|
BASIC OVERVIEW |
1-7 |
3
Determine the cutting method, procedures, tooling and cutting allowance (chucking side/cutting side) according to the diagrams. Refer to the checkpoints below.
|
|
Check Items |
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
|
The tolerance is clear. |
|
|
|
|
|
2. |
|
The accuracy indication is clear. |
|
|
|
|
|
3. |
|
The raw material configurations and materials are clear. |
|
|
|
|
|
4. |
|
There are not any unreasonable demands in terms of |
|
lathe cutting accuracy. |
|||
|
|
||
5. |
|
All the dimensions and listings in the diagrams have |
|
been checked. |
|||
|
|
||
6. |
|
The cutting order and cutting conditions are appropriate |
|
|
for the workpiece material and workpiece shape. |
||
7. |
|
Cutting tools and inserts are selected properly. |
|
|
|
|
|
8. |
|
The cutting process is appropriate for the workpiece |
|
material and workpiece shape. |
|||
|
|
||
9. |
|
The method of chucking the workpiece and the setting of |
|
|
the chucking pressure are appropriate. |
||
10. |
|
Component interference will not occur. |
|
|
|
|
1-8 |
|
BASIC OVERVIEW |
4
4-1
1.1. When the main power switch is locked, it means that
|
|
ON |
maintenance procedures are being performed. Do |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
not place the main power switch in the [ON] |
|
2. |
NC ON |
position. |
||||
|
|
NC ON " 2. |
After pressing the NC power button [ON], do not |
|||
|
|
" |
touch any of the operation-related keys on the NC |
|||
|
|
NC |
operation screen before the screen shows |
|||
|
|
"(WARNING)". |
||||
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
[Serious injuries/Machine damage] |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
" " |
Refer to "General Views" (page 1-1), "Machine |
||
|
|
|
1-1 " " 1-3 |
Operation Panel" (page 1-3) for the locations of |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
switches and buttons |
|
|
|
|
|||
|
1. |
|
|
Connect the plant-side power supply (breaker). |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. |
|
|
ON |
|
Turn the main power switch on the electrical cabinet to |
|
|
|
|
the [ON] setting. |
||
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
NC |
Press the NC power button [ON] on the operation |
||
|
3. |
|
|
|
|
panel. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Caution Message is displayed.] |
|
4. |
|
|
Read the caution message thoroughly, then press the |
||
|
|
|
|
|
[OK] soft-key. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. |
|
|
|
|
Pull out the [Emergency Stop] button. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NC |
|
Press the NC power button [ON] again. |
|
|
6. |
|
EMG |
[Emergency stop state is reset. EMG display |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
disappears.] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Open the door, then close the door. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Door is locked.] |
|
7. |
|
" " |
[Status indicator "MRDY" illuminated] |
||
|
|
|
This operation is for checking whether the |
|||
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
electrical circuit works normally. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8. |
|
|
|
|
Press the [Machine Light] button. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BASIC OVERVIEW |
1-9 |
4-2
合、〔非常停止〕ボタン、 RESET
停止〕ボタン、または RESET
To stop machine operation during manual or automatic operation, use one of the following three methods: press
the [Emergency Stop] button; press the (RESET) key; press the automatic operation button
[Feed Hold].
As the status of the machine after stopping will differ depending on the method used, you must understand the differences between the methods.
When the [Emergency Stop] button or (RESET) key has been pressed to stop the machine during a hole machining operation, a tapping operation or thread cutting operation, carefully move the axes after checking the workpiece and cutting tool carefully for damage. [Workpiece and cutting tool may collide or interfere with each other, causing machine damage]
4-2-1
れか1
"EMG"
Press the [Emergency Stop] button. The machine will stop.
If the machine is equipped with more than one [Emergency Stop] button, it can be stopped by pressing any of them.
<State of the Machine>
All machine operation stops regardless of the operation mode (manual or automatic).
[The message "EMG" blinks on the screen]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Because of their inertia, the moving parts of the machine |
|
|
may not be stopped immediately when the [Emergency |
|
|
Stop] button is pressed. Always confirm that all opera- |
|
|
tions have stopped before going near these parts. |
|
|
[Entanglement] |
|
|
The power supply to the circuits that control axis |
|
|
movements and spindle rotation is turned off. |
1-10 |
|
BASIC OVERVIEW |
3)NC
1. "EX4002
"
" " 2-377
状態表示ランプ" "
" " 1-12
<To Restart the Machine>
1)Close the door.
2)Pull out all the [Emergency Stop] buttons.
If the machine has more than one [Emergency Stop] button, it is necessary to pull out all the buttons.
3)Press the NC power button [ON].
1. If the NC power button [ON] is pressed while the front door is open, the message "EX4002 OPEN THE DOOR THEN CLOSE" is displayed. In this case, close the front door.
2.If an alarm number is displayed on the screen, eliminate the cause of the alarm.
"TROUBLESHOOTING" (page 2-377)
[When the machine is restored to the operation ready condition, the status indicator "MRDY" is illuminated.]
4)Carry out the zero return operation.
"ZERO RETURN OPERATION" (page 1-12)
4-2-2 RESET
RESET
•
•
Press the (RESET) key. The machine will stop.
<State of the Machine>
•During automatic operation, spindle rotation and axis movement stop.
•The NC is placed in the reset status.
The power is not turned off.
<To Restart the Machine>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To restart the program from the required block after |
||||||||||
|
resetting the NC, check the status of the machine and |
||||||||||
M, S, T, G, F |
that of the NC and specify the M, S, T, G, and F codes, the |
||||||||||
MDI |
work coordinate system, and other necessary |
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
information after selecting the MDI mode. |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Unexpected machine operation] |
|
|
|
||
1) |
|
|
|
1) |
Turn the operation selection key-switch to |
|
|
||||
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Operation Enable] or [Operation & Edit Enable]. |
||||
|
|
|
|
||||||||
2) |
|
|
2) |
Press the mode selection button |
[Memory]. |
||||||
3) |
|
PROG |
|
3) |
Press the function selection key |
(PROG). |
|||||
4) |
|
4) |
[The PROGRAM (memory) screen is displayed.] |
||||||||
|
|
Press the [REWIND] soft-key. |
|
|
|
||||||
5) |
|
5) |
[The cursor moves to the head of the program.] |
||||||||
|
|
|
|
Close the door. |
|
|
|
||||
6) |
|
|
6) |
Carry out the zero return operation. |
|
|
|
||||
|
|
" " 1-12 |
|
|
"ZERO RETURN OPERATION" (page 1-12) |
|
|
BASIC OVERVIEW 1-11 |
|
|
|
4-2-3 |
|
|
•
•
•
1.
Press the automatic operation button [Feed Hold]. The machine will stop.
<State of the Machine>
•Axis movement stops.
•The spindle keeps on rotating.
•The indicator above the button is illuminated
1. The power is not turned off.
2.In the thread cutting mode, when the automatic
operation button [Feed Hold] is pressed while a thread is being cut, the machine stops after executing the first block that follows the thread cutting mode blocks.
<To Restart the Machine>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Before opening the door, select a manual mode and |
||||
|
|
|
press the spindle rotation button [Stop] to stop the |
|||
|
|
|
spindle rotation. |
|||
|
|
|
|
[Entanglement] |
||
1) |
|
|
1) |
Close the door. |
||
2) |
|
|
2) |
Press the automatic operation button [Cycle Start]. |
||
|
|
|
|
[The indicator above the button is illuminated./The |
||
|
|
|
|
|
program is restarted.] |
|
4-3 |
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
Turning OFF Power Supply |
|
|
|
するためにあります。
[Emergency Stop] button are used to stop all operations in the event of an emergency. Memorize the locations of the [Emergency Stop] button to enable immediate activation from any location at any time while operating the machine.
[Serious injury/Machine damage]
1. |
|
|
Press the [Emergency Stop] button. |
|
|
[All operations stop.] |
|
|
|
|
|
2. |
NC |
|
Press the NC power button [OFF]. |
|
|
[Power to the NC is turned OFF.] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Turn the main power switch to the [OFF] setting. |
3. |
|
OFF |
[Power to the machine is turned OFF.] |
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. |
|
Turn off the plant-side main circuit breaker for the |
|
|
|
machine. |
|
|
|
|
1-12 |
|
BASIC OVERVIEW |
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Do not stand near moving parts of the machine during a |
|
|
zero return operation as each axis is returned to the zero |
|
|
point at the rapid traverse rate. Before starting a zero |
|
|
return operation, ensure that no one is standing near the |
|
|
moving parts and that the moving parts can be fed to the |
|
|
zero point without interference. |
|
|
[Serious Injury/Machine Damage] |
5-1
" " 1-1 " " 1-3
Refer to "General Views" (page 1-1), "Machine Operation Panel" (page 1-3) for the locations of switches and buttons
1. |
|
Set the door interlock key-switch in the [NORMAL] |
||||||
|
|
|
|
position. |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. |
|
|
|
|
Close the door. |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
3. |
|
|
|
Turn the operation selection key-switch to the |
|
|
||
|
|
|||||||
|
[Operation Enable] or [Operation & Edit Enable]. |
|||||||
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
4. |
|
|
Press the mode selection button [Zero Return]. |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Set the rapid traverse rate to be used for zero return |
||||||
|
100% |
operation using rapid traverse rate override switch. |
||||||
5. |
In the case of manual operation, rapid traverse |
|||||||
50% |
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
rate is fixed at 50% even if the switch is set to the |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
100% setting. |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Press and hold down the axis feed button in the zero |
||||||
|
50% |
return direction. |
||||||
6. |
|
[The axis approaches the machine zero point at rapid |
||||||
|
|
|
|
feed rate (fixed at 50%) and status indicators for the |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
zero return of each axis are illuminated when the zero |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
return is completed.] |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BASIC OVERVIEW 1-13 |
5-2
"" 1-3 "NC " 1-5
Refer to "Machine Operation Panel" (page 1-3), "NC Operation Panel" (page 1-5) for the locations of switches and buttons
1. |
|
Set the door interlock key-switch in the [NORMAL] |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
position. |
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. |
|
|
|
|
Close the door. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
3. |
|
|
|
Turn the operation selection key-switch to the |
|
|
|||
|
|
||||||||
|
[Operation Enable] or [Operation & Edit Enable]. |
||||||||
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
4. |
|
|
Press the mode selection button |
[Zero Return]. |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
Press the [One-touch Zero Return] button. |
|||||||
|
|
Axes feed can be performed by pressing the |
|||||||
5. |
|
[One-touch Zero Return] |
button while the |
||||||
|
door is closed. When the door is open, axes feed |
||||||||
|
|||||||||
|
|
is performed by pressing and holding down the |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
[One-touch Zero Return] |
button. |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1-14 |
|
BASIC OVERVIEW |
6
" "
1-3
Refer to "Machine Operation Panel" (page 1-3) for the layout of buttons and switches.
<Opening/Closing Manual Door>
|
|
<Status: Door closed, [Door Unlock] button |
||
Open Door |
|
extinguished> |
||
1) |
|
1) Press the [Door Unlock] button. |
||
|
||||
|
2) |
|
[Button illuminated] |
|
|
|
2) Open the door. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
<Status: Door open, [Door Unlock] button |
||
|
|
illuminated> |
||
|
Close the door. |
|||
Close and |
||||
|
|
<Status: Door closed but unlocked, button |
||
Lock Door |
|
|||
|
|
illuminated> |
||
|
|
Press the [Door Unlock] button, or open and |
||
|
|
close the door. |
||
|
|
" |
[Door is locked and button extinguished.] |
|
|
|
In this manual, "Door open" means the |
||
|
|
" |
||
|
|
door is not locked even if the door is |
||
|
|
" " |
||
|
|
closed. "Door closed" means that the door |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
is closed and locked. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
Under the following conditions, the door cannot be unlocked even when the [Door Unlock] button is pressed.
1.While the spindle is rotating.
2.During automatic operation.
3.During turret head indexing.
4.While the workpiece unloader is extended (work unloader specifications).
<Opening/Closing Automatic Door (Automatic Door
Type)>
|
|
|
Press the [Automatic Door Open] button, or |
||
M85 |
|
|
issue an open door command (M85). |
||
Open Door |
|
|
|||
|
|
|
[Door is automatically unlocked, and opened.] |
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
Press the [Automatic Door Close] button, or |
||
|
M86 |
|
|
issue a close door command (M86). |
|
Close and Lock |
|
|
|
[Door is automatically closed, and locked.]. |
|
Door |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Under the following conditions, the door cannot be opened |
||||
|
|
even by pressing the [Automatic Door Open] button. |
|||
1. |
|
|
1. |
While the spindle is rotating. |
|
2. |
|
|
2. |
During automatic operation. |
|
3. |
|
3. |
During turret head indexing. |
BASIC OVERVIEW 1-15
6-1
|
As the machine is equipped with the door lock device, the |
|
|
door is automatically locked when closed. However, the |
|
|
door is not closed completely and not locked with the door |
|
|
lock prevention key turned to CCW. Use the door lock |
|
|
prevention key when performing maintenance work only. |
|
|
Under normal conditions, remove the key at the lock |
|
|
position and store it. |
|
Note that the position of the door lock device varies |
||
|
||
|
depending on the machine model and specifications. |
|
|
|
|
|
Door Lock Prevention Key |
からドアを開けることはできません。ドアロック防止キー を回してドアロックを無効にし、キーを抜き取って機内に 持ち込んでください。
When the door is closed, it is automatically locked and cannot be opened from the inside of the machine (inside of the door). Invalidate the door lock by turning the door lock prevention key; remove the key and carry it when entering the machine to perform maintenance work. [Being locked in machine/Entanglement/Serious injury]
|
<If an operator is trapped> |
||
1) |
|
1) |
Press the [Emergency Stop] button regardless of the |
2) |
|
2) |
power ON/OFF state. |
|
Insert the door lock prevention key into the keyhole on |
||
|
|
|
the outside of the door lock device and turn the key. |
|
|
|
This allows the door lock to be released and the |
|
|
|
operator to leave the machine. |
1-16 |
|
BASIC OVERVIEW |
7
|
The door interlock function is installed to ensure the safety of the operator during machine operation. The [NORMAL] and [RELEASE] settings are provided for the door interlock key-switch. [NORMAL] means normal machining operation. [RELEASE] means restricted interlock release. When it is absolutely necessary to open the door, such as during set-up operation, tool offset measurement and test cutting procedures, operate the machine in a manual mode with the key at the [RELEASE] position. Set the key to the [NORMAL] position in all the other operations.
Warning Label
Status Indicator
Never operate without safety door interlock switch
in "NORMAL" position. Failure to do so could cause serious injury or death.
DOOR INTERLOCK
NORMAL RELEASE
Door Interlock Key-Switch
(Manual Return Type)
1." "
め大変危険です。
は断線検出機能があり、異常を検出すると、NC
1.Note that releasing the door interlock function to enable limited machine operations with the door open is extremely dangerous. In daily operations, set the door interlock key-switch to [NORMAL]. Remove the key from the door interlock key-switch, and store in a safe location.
2.If an abnormality such as a disconnection of the door lock status indicator or electronic buzzer occurs, stop using the machine and contact the Mori Seiki Service Department. Since the door interlock control circuit is equipped with the disconnection detection function, the error is displayed until the NC power is shut off.
[Serious injuries/Machine damage]
が理解できる言語のものをご請求ください。
Do not remove or damage warning labels. If warning labels are damaged, lost, or are no longer legible, contact Mori Seiki to order replacement labels. Note that warning labels ordered must be written in a language understandable to the operator.
|
BASIC OVERVIEW 1-17 |
|
|
<Adjusting Buzzer Volume>
Open the operation panel and turn the volume adjusting knob on the back of the WARNING label using a Phillips head screwdriver.
Clockwise rotation: |
Increases the volume. |
Counterclockwise rotation: |
Decreases the volume. |
Do not decrease the volume excessively.
Volume Adjusting Knob
1-18 |
|
BASIC OVERVIEW |
7-1
|
|
The relationship between the door interlock normal/release |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
function, and operating conditions (possible/not possible) is |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
as follows: |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*1 |
|
Status |
Operation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
Door closed |
All operations |
||
|
|
|
|
|
Door interlock nor- |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
mal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rotation of spindle |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Turret head indexing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Manual operations such as axis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
feeding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All automatic operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inching, advance and return of the |
|
|
|
|
|
Door open |
tailstock |
||
|
|
|
|
|
Door interlock nor- |
Chuck clamping/unclamping |
||
|
|
|
|
|
mal |
|
|
|
|
*2 |
|
|
|
(Automatic door)*2 |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M code commands M00, M01, M02, |
|
|
M00, M01, M02, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M30, M85, M86 in automatic opera- |
|
|
|
M30, M85, M86 M |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tion |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(Automatic door)*2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M codes, S codes, T codes and axis |
|
|
M |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
travel commands except M00, M01, |
|
|
|
S T |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M02, M30, M85, M86 in automatic |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
operation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automatic operation while the single |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
block function is normal |
|
|
MDI |
|
|
|
|
|
Automatic operation while MDI mode |
|
|
|
|
Door open |
is selected |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
Manual mode operation except axis |
||||
|
|
|
|
Door interlock |
||||
|
|
|
|
travel and turret head indexing |
||||
|
|
|
|
released |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
Axis travel operation with speed limi- |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Turret head indexing with index |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
speed limitation |
*1 |
|
|
|
*1 |
: |
Operation Possible |
||
*2 |
|
*2 |
: |
Operation Not Possible |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
(automatic door) refers to automatic door specifications |
only.
|
BASIC OVERVIEW 1-19 |
7-2
ロック機能有効時にドアインタロック機能を" "
クーラントの飛散、人身事故
Note that "releasing" the door interlock function while the single block function is "valid" is extremely dangerous as the door can be opened during machine operation, regardless of the [Door Unlock] button position (lock or unlock) or the mode selected. If an operation requires work to be performed with the door open during machine operation, ensure procedures are limited to those deemed absolutely necessary and are performed with extreme care at all times. [Entanglement/Collision/Workpiece, chip and coolant ejection/Serious injury]
|
1) |
|
1) Press the [Door Unlock] button. |
|
|
2) |
|
|
[Button illuminated] |
Releasing Door |
|
2) |
Open the door |
|
Interlock |
3) |
|
3) Turn the door interlock key-switch to the |
|
|
|
|
|
[RELEASE] setting. |
|
|
" " |
|
[Status indicator "INTERLOCK RELEASED" |
|
|
|
|
flashes] |
|
|
|
|
[Buzzer activated] |
|
|
|
|
Upon completion of procedures |
|
|
|
|
performed with the door interlock |
|
|
|
|
"released", ensure the door interlock |
|
|
|
|
key-switch is returned to the |
|
|
|
|
[NORMAL] setting. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1) |
|
1) Turn the door interlock key-switch to the |
|
|
|
|
|
[NORMAL] setting. |
Effecting Door |
|
" " |
|
[Status indicator "INTERLOCK RELEASED" |
Interlock |
|
|
|
extinguished] |
|
|
NC |
2) |
[NC alarm appears on the screen] |
|
2) |
|
Close the door. |
|
|
|
|
|
[Door is locked, and [Door Unlock] button |
|
|
|
|
extinguished] |
|
|
NC |
|
[NC alarm on the screen is canceled] |
|
|
|
|
All machine operations stop when |
|
|
|
the door interlock key-switch is |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
turned to the [NORMAL] setting |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while performing operations in the |
|
|
|
door interlock "released" condition. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1-20 BASIC OVERVIEW
7-3 |
|
|
|
|
CE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Door Interlock Function (CE Specification) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
CE |
The relationship between the door interlock (CE |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
specifications) normal/release function, and operating |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
conditions (possible/not possible) is as follows: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Door |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Open |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Closed |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Door Interlock |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
Release |
|
|
|
|
|
Normal |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automatic Operation |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Manual Operation |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spindle Rotation |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
*1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spindle Inching |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Turret head Indexing |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Axis Feeding |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Coolant Supply |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chip Conveyor Operation |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tailstock Advance/Return |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chuck Clamping/Unclamping |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: Operation Possible |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
: Operation Not Possible |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
*1 |
|
30 min−1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*1 |
|
Operation possible: limited to 30 min−1. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
*2 |
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*2 |
|
Operation possible: single station indexing only. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
*3 |
|
2 m/min |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*3 |
|
Operation possible: limited to 2 m/min. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7-3-1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Releasing Door Interlock (CE Specifications) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1) |
|
|
|
1) Turn the door interlock key-switch to the [RELEASE] |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
setting. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
" " 1-19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
"Releasing Door Interlock Function" (page |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1-19) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
2) |
|
|
2) While pressing the [Door Interlock Release] button, |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
perform required manual operation. |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted operations performed with the |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
interlock function released are only possible |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
when the [Door Interlock Release] button is |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pressed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BASIC OVERVIEW 1-21 |
8
1.1. Set the door interlock "valid" before mounting a tool
" " |
or holder to the turret head. |
|
[Entanglement/Collision/Serious injury] |
2.2. When loosening bolts on tool holders and cutting
|
|
tool s, adopt a balanced stance and then loosen the |
|
|
bolts gradually. |
3. |
|
[Unexpected contact with machine parts/Serious |
|
|
injury] |
|
|
3. The turret head starts to rotate when the [Turret |
4. |
|
Indexing] button is pressed. Take care to avoid |
|
pressing the [Turret Indexing] button in error. |
|
|
|
[Unexpected rotation/Serious injury/Machine |
|
|
damage] |
|
|
4. When using jigs for mounting tools on the turret |
|
|
head or holders, measure the dimensions or shape |
|
|
|
|
of the jigs and then adjust them so that the center |
|
|
|
|
|
height of the tools is compatible with the |
|
|
|
|
|
|
specifications of the turret head or holder. After |
|
|
mounting the tools, confirm that they are firmly |
|
|
secured on the turret head or holder. |
|
|
[Tool ejection] |
In center-work operation, the tools or holders adjacent to the tool used may interfere with the tailstock in cases such as machining a workpiece with a small machining diameter. When mounting tools or holders, confirm that there will be no interference between the tailstock and the adjacent tools or holder. (Tailstock specifications) [Interference between tailstock and adjacent tools or holder, machine damage]
1-22 |
|
|
|
|
BASIC OVERVIEW |
|
1. |
|
|
Prepare necessary holders and tools. |
|
||
|
Preparing |
|
" |
Separate volume, MACHINE |
||
|
Tools |
|
||||
|
|
" |
|
INSTALLATION GUIDE, DIAGRAMS |
||
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
"TOOLING SYSTEM DIAGRAMS" |
|
2. |
|
Prior to rotating the turret head, use a manual |
||||
|
|
mode to move the turret to a position out of |
||||
|
Moving |
|
|
range of interference between tools and other |
||
|
Turret |
|
|
|
components. |
|
3. |
|
1) |
|
|
1) Close the door |
|
|
|
2) |
|
2) Turn the operation selection key-switch to |
||
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
the [Operation Enable] or |
|
|
|
Indexing |
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
[Operation & Edit Enable]. |
|
|
|
Turret Head |
|
|
|
||
|
3) |
|
|
|
||
|
|
3) Display the turret number which precedes |
||||
|
|
|
1 2 |
by 1 or 2 before the turret number on which |
||
|
|
|
|
the tool holder is to be mounted by pressing |
||
|
|
|
|
|
the [Turret Station Setting] |
button. |
|
|
4) |
|
|||
|
|
[Number flashing] |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
4) Press the [Turret Indexing] |
button. |
|
|
|
|
|
TURRET |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Turret Indexing Button |
|
|
[Turret Selection] |
buttons |
|
|
|
||
|
|
are not used with this machine. |
|
|
The instructions from here on differ depending on the |
||
|
|
machine model. Make sure that you are referring to |
|
|
|
the appropriate instructions for your machine model. |
|
BASIC OVERVIEW 1-23 |
DuraTurn 2030, DuraTurn 2050, DuraTurn 2550"DuraTurn 2030, DuraTurn 2050, DuraTurn 2550" 1-33
For tool mounting procedures for DuraTurn 2030, DuraTurn 2050, DuraTurn 2550, refer to "DuraTurn 2030, DuraTurn 2050, DuraTurn 2550" (page 1-33)
8-1-1 DuraTurn 1530
4. |
□ 20 |
Mount a 20 mm × 20 mm qualified tool directly |
||
|
|
onto the turret head by using a clamping block |
||
Mounting |
|
and clamping gib as shown in the diagram |
||
Tool |
|
|
below. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
±0.08 |
|
Right-hand |
|
|
25 |
Clamping Block |
cutting tool |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20 |
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
125 ± 0.08 |
|
|
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
125 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Clamping Gib |
|
|
1) M6 × 25 2 |
1) Fix the cutting tool in the cutting tool fixing |
||
|
|
|
groove with a clamping block and two M6 × |
|
|
|
|
25 hexagon socket head cap screws. |
|
|
|
2 3 |
Tighten the bolts loosely by turning |
|
|
|
|
them just two or three turns. |
|
|
|
|
Cutting Tool Fixing Groove |
|
|
|
Clamping Block |
|
|
|
|
Positioning Key |
M6 × 25 |
|
M6 × 25 Hexagon Socket |
Turret Head |
Head Cap Screws |
|
||
|
|
|
1-24 |
|
BASIC OVERVIEW |
|
|
|
4.2)
|
|
Mounting |
|
Tool |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2)Fix the cutting tool in the cutting tool fixing groove.
Make sure that cutting tool fixing direction is correct.
Cutting Tool
3)Fix the clamping gib in the direction shown in the figure.
Insert the clamping gib in the direction shown in the figure below.
When the gib is set in wrong direction, the cutting tool cannot be secured by the clamping block.
[Tool ejection, serious injury, machine damage]
Clamping Gib
Cutting Tool |
Turret Head |
|
|
Clamping Block |
|
Clamping Gib |
|
|
BASIC OVERVIEW 1-25 |
|
|
4.4)
|
|
Mounting |
|
Tool |
|
|
|
5)M6 × 25 2
□ 20 20 mm
M6 × 25
6)M8 × 20 1
M8 × 20
4)Push the clamping block in with your fingers, in the direction shown by the arrow in the diagram below.
Clamping Block
5)Tighten the two M6 × 25 hexagon socket head cap screws equally.
Adjust the center height to 20 mm to mount cutting tools other than
20 mm × 20 mm qualified tools.
M6 × 25
Hexagon Socket
Head Cap Screws
Hexagonal Wrench
6)Fix the coolant guide block with an M8 × 20 hexagon socket head cap screws.
Coolant Discharging Outlet
Coolant Guide
Block
M8 × 20
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws
1-26 |
|
BASIC OVERVIEW |
|
|
|
Mounting Tool
1)M6 × 25 2
M6 × 25
2)M6
M6
<Removing the Cutting Tool>
1)Fully unscrew the two M6 × 25 hexagon socket head cap screws.
M6 × 25
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws
Turret Head
Hexagonal Wrench
2)Screw an M6 hexagon socket head cap screws into the threaded hole in the center of the clamping block to loosen the clamping block.
Clamping Block
M6 Hexagon Socket
Head Cap Screws
3)Remove the cutting tool.
Be careful not to drop the cutting tool. [Cutting tool and machine damage]
|
Cutting Tool |
|
|
|
|
|
BASIC OVERVIEW 1-27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8-1-2 |
DuraTurn 1530 |
|
|
|||
|
|
When Mounting the Cutting Tools in Tool Holders (DuraTurn 1530) |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. |
|
1) |
|
1) Clean the contact surfaces of the turret |
|
|
|
|
|
|
head and holder using waste cloth. |
|
|
|
Before |
2) |
|
2) Adjust the coolant hole position to conform |
|
|
|
Mounting |
|
|
to the tool holder mounting direction. |
|
|
|
Holder |
|
5. |
|
Refer to the step 5. |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. |
|
|
<Mounting Holder> |
||
|
|
|
1) |
|
1) Set the tool holder in position in alignment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
with the positioning key on the turret head. |
|
|
|
Mounting |
2) |
|
2) Tighten the bolts in diagonal order to ensure |
|
|
|
Holder and |
|
|
the contact surfaces adhere firmly. |
|
|
|
Tool |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
|
1. Ensure no chips are trapped when |
|
|
|
|
|
|
mounting holders and tools. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Turret head scratching/Tool tilting/ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Machining defects] |
|
|
|
|
2. |
|
2. Remove scratches on the turret head |
|
|
|
|
|
|
mounting surface using an oil whet- |
|
|
|
|
3. |
|
stone. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. Tighten bolts with a consistent tighten- |
|
|
|
|
4. |
|
ing torque. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Sub-standard machining accuracy] |
|
|
|
|
|
4. Screw a coolant discharge port plug |
||
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
into the turret stations where a holder is |
|
|
|
|
|
|
not mounted. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Obstructed coolant supply/Tool dam- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
age/Sub-standard machining accuracy] |
|
|
|
|
|
<Mounting Tool> |
||
|
|
|
|
Mount the tool and appropriate tool tip in a holder. |
||
|
|
|
|
Separate volume, MACHINE INSTAL- |
||
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
LATION GUIDE, DIAGRAMS |
|
|
|
|
|
" " |
"TOOLING SYSTEM DIAGRAMS" |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
|
1. Ensure tools and holders do not inter- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
fere with workpieces and machine com- |
|
|
|
|
|
1 1-32 |
ponents, and the tool holder |
|
|
|
|
|
arrangement on the turret is balanced. |
||
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
See Diagram 1 (page 1-32). |
||
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
[Interference/Machine damage] |
||
|
|
|
2. |
|
||
|
|
|
2. When mounting an I.D. cutting tool on |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
the turret head, ensure the tool shank |
||
|
|
|
|
2 1-32 |
||
|
|
|
|
does not protrude from the rear of the |
||
|
|
|
3. |
|
tool holder. See Diagram 2 (page 1-32). |
|
|
|
|
|
[Interference/Machine damage] |
||
|
|
|
|
|
3. Do not mount or remove tools or hold- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ers with excessive force. Do not strike |
|
|
|
|
|
|
a wrench or spanner to tighten or |
|
|
|
|
|
|
loosen the holders and bolts. |
|
|
|
|
4. |
|
[Damage to inside of machine] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. Confirm that tools to be mounted do not |
|
|
|
|
|
|
exceed the maximum, overhang. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Interference/Tools and machine dam- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
age] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the maximum overhang, |
|
|
|
|
" " |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
refer to the separate volume, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
MACHINE INSTALLATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
GUIDE, DIAGRAMS "AXIS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
TRAVEL DIAGRAMS". |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1-28 |
|
BASIC OVERVIEW |
|
|
|
5.<FaceWork>and O.D. Cutting Tool for Center-
|
□ 20 |
Adjust the center height to 20 mm to |
|
|
Mounting |
20 mm |
|
||
mount cutting tools other than 20 mm |
× |
|||
Holder and |
|
|||
20 mm qualified tools. |
|
|||
Tool |
|
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M12 × 35 |
|
|
|
R65012 |
M12 × 35 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Coolant Discharging Outlet (R65012) |
|
|
|
|
|
T00078 [T00079] |
|
|
|
□ 20 |
|
|
|
|
20 mm × 20 mm Qualified Tool |
|
|
|
|
M10 |
|
[ ] |
|
M10 Hexagon Socket Set Screw |
|
B43166 |
|||
[ ]: Inch Specification |
|||
|
Clamping Block (B43166) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
<Face and I.D. Cutting Tool> |
|
□ 20 |
Adjust the center height to 20 mm to |
||
20 mm |
mount cutting tools other than 20 mm × |
||
|
|
20 mm qualified tools. |
|
|
|
|
□ 20
20 mm × 20 mm Qualified Tool
M12 × 60
M12 × 60 Hexagon Socket
Head Cap Screws
B43166
Clamping Block (B43166)
T00080 [T00081]
M8
M8 Hexagon Socket Set Screw
R65012 |
[ ] |
|
Coolant Discharging Outlets (R65012) |
||
[ ]: Inch Specification |
||
|
|
BASIC OVERVIEW 1-29 |
|
|
Mounting Holder and Tool
φ32 |
<32-mm Dia. I.D. Cutting Tool> |
|
|
M12 × 60
M12 × 60 Hexagon Socket
Head Cap Screws
T10046 [T10047]
|
|
|
|
|
I.D. Cutting Tool |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M8 |
|
|
|
|
M8 Hexagon Socket Set Screw |
|
|
R65012 |
|||
|
Coolant Discharging Outlets (R65012) |
|||
|
|
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
[ ]: Inch Specification |
φ25 |
<I.D. Cutting Tool Smaller than 25-mm Dia.> |
|||
* φ8 |
* |
When the boring bar sleeve is |
||
|
||||
M6 |
|
|
8-mm dia., M6 screws are used. |
|
|
|
|
M12 × 60 |
|
|
|
|
M12 |
× 60 Hexagon Socket |
R65012 |
|
Head Cap Screws |
||
|
|
|
||
Coolant Discharging Outlets (R65012) |
|
|
T10046 [T10047] |
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
Boring Bar Sleeve (2) |
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
Boring Bar Sleeve (1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I.D. Cutting Tool |
|
|
M8 |
|
|
|
|
M8 Hexagon Socket Set Screw |
|
|
|
|
M8* |
|
|
|
|
M8* Hexagon Socket Set Screw |
|
1 |
2 |
[ ] |
||
Boring Bar Sleeve (1) |
Boring Bar Sleeve (2) |
|
[ ]: Inch Specification |
|
T20122 (φ25) [T20123 (φ1")] |
T20192 (φ20) [T20193 (φ3/4")] |
|
||
T20120 (φ20) [T20121 (φ3/4")] |
T20130 (φ16) [T20131 (φ5/8")] |
|
||
T20118 (φ16) [T20119 (φ5/8")] |
T20128 (φ12) [T20129 (φ1/2")] |
|
||
T20116 (φ12) [T20117 (φ1/2")] |
T20126 (φ10) [T20127 (φ3/8")] |
|
||
T20114 (φ10) [T20115 (φ3/8")] |
T20124 (φ8) |
|
|
|
T20112 (φ8) |
|
|
|
|
1-30 |
|
|
|
BASIC OVERVIEW |
5. |
|
MT1, MT2 |
<MT1, MT2 Morse Taper Shank Drill> |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mounting |
|
|
M12 × 60 |
|
Holder and |
|
|
M12 × 60 Hexagon Socket |
|
Tool |
|
|
Head Cap Screws |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
T10046 [T10047] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Drill Socket |
|
|
|
|
T22048 (MT2) [T22049] |
|
|
|
|
T22050 (MT1) [T22051] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Morse Taper Shank Drill |
|
M8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M8 Hexagon Socket Set Screw |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Coolant Discharging Outlets |
|
|
|
|
R65012: |
T10046 [T10047] |
|
|
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
[ ]: Inch Specification |
|
|
|
<Throw-Away Drill> |
|
|
|
M12 × 60 |
F70046 |
|
|
|
M12 × 60 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws |
Cover (F70046) |
|
|
|
M10 |
M5 × 12 |
|
|
|
M10 Hexagon Socket Set Screw |
|
|
|
|
φ32 |
|
M5 × 12 |
|
|
|
Hexagon Socket |
|
|
|
φ32 Throw-Away Drill |
|
Head Cap Screws |
|
|
|
|
T13066 [T13067] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Throw-Away Drill Socket |
|
|
|
|
T22054 (φ25) [T22055 (φ1")] |
|
|
|
|
T22052 (φ20) [T22053 (φ3/4")] |
|
|
|
|
T22068 (φ16) |
|
|
|
φ25 |
[ ] |
|
|
|
φ25 or Smaller Throw-Away Drill |
||
|
|
|
|
[ ]: Inch Specification |
|
BASIC OVERVIEW 1-31 |
|
|
Mounting Holder and Tool
1) 六角穴付きボルトM12 × 65 1 M12 × 40 1
T00094 [T00095]
M12 × 65
M12 × 40
<Cut-Off Tool
(Work Unloader Specifications)>
When cutting off a workpiece on a machine equipped with the work unloader, always use a cut-off tool holder. If the cut-off tool is mounted directly on the turret head without using a cut-off tool holder, the work unloader may interfere with the tool holders mounted at other turret stations, causing damage to the machine.
1)Fix the cut-off tool holder on the turret head with an M12 × 65 hexagon socket head cap screw and an M12 × 40 hexagon socket head cap screw.
Turret Head
T00094 [T00095]
M12 × 65
Hexagon Socket
Head Cap Screw
M12 × 40 Hexagon Socket
Head Cap Screw
2)Fix the cut-off tool in the groove of the cutoff tool holder.
Make sure that cut-off tool fixing direction is correct.
Cut-Off Tool
1-32 |
|
|
BASIC OVERVIEW |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. |
|
3) M6 × 18 2 |
3) Tighten the two M6 × 18 hexagon socket |
|
|
|
|
|
head bolts equally to secure the cut-off tool. |
|
|
|
□ 20 |
Adjust the center height to 20 mm to |
|
|
Mounting |
||
|
|
Holder and |
20 mm |
mount cutting tools other than |
|
|
Tool |
|
20 mm × 20 mm qualified tools. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M6 × 18 |
|
|
M6 × 18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hexagon Socket |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Set Screw |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
4) |
|
4) Mount a pipe on the coolant discharging |
||||||
|
5) |
|
outlet of the turret head. |
||||||
|
|
5) Adjust the angle of the pipe so that coolant |
|||||||
|
|
|
will be supplied to the tip of the cut-off tool. |
||||||
6. |
|
When mounting several tools, index the turret |
|||||||
|
|
head and mount the next tool. |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mounting |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Next Holder |
|
When indexing or rotating the turret head |
|||||||
and Tool |
|||||||||
Z |
with cutting tools mounted, exercise |
||||||||
|
|||||||||
|
|
extreme caution to ensure tools do not |
|||||||
|
1 |
interfere with machine components such |
|||||||
|
|
as the Z-axis protector. See Diagram 1. |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Interference/Machine damage] |
Turret Head
Turret Head
Turret Base
Z |
|
|
|
Z-Axis Protector |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
I.D. Cutting Tool |
||
|
Interference |
||
|
|||
Interference |
|
|
|
1 |
|
2 |
|
Diagram 1 |
|
Diagram 2 |
BASIC OVERVIEW 1-33
DuraTurn 1530 |
For tool mounting procedures for DuraTurn 1530, |
"DuraTurn 1530" 1-23 |
refer to "DuraTurn 1530" (page 1-23) |
8-2-1 DuraTurn 2030, DuraTurn 2050, DuraTurn 2550
Mounting Tool
□ 25 |
Mount a 25 mm × 25 mm qualified tool directly |
|||
|
onto the turret head by using a clamping block |
|||
|
|
and clamping gib as shown in the diagram |
||
|
|
below. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.08 |
|
Right-hand |
||
± |
cutting tool |
|||
Clamping Block |
||||
32 |
|
|||
|
|
|
||
|
25 |
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
||
150 ± 0.08 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
150 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Clamping Gib |
|
1)M8 × 30 2
2 3
M8 × 30 |
|
1)Fix the cutting tool in the cutting tool fixing groove with a clamping block and two M8 × 30 hexagon socket head cap screws.
Tighten the bolts loosely by turning them just two or three turns.
Cutting Tool Fixing Groove
Clamping Block
Positioning Key
M8 × 30 Hexagon Socket |
Turret Head |
Head Cap Screws |
|
1-34 |
|
BASIC OVERVIEW |
|
|
|
4.2)
|
|
Mounting |
|
Tool |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2)Fix the cutting tool in the cutting tool fixing groove.
Make sure that cutting tool fixing direction is correct.
Cutting Tool
3)Fix the clamping gib in the direction shown in the figure.
Insert the clamping gib in the direction shown in the figure below.
When the gib is set in wrong direction, the cutting tool cannot be secured by the clamping block.
[Tool ejection, serious injury, machine damage]
Clamping Gib
Cutting Tool |
Turret Head |
|
|
Clamping Block |
|
Clamping Gib |
|
|
BASIC OVERVIEW 1-35 |
|
|
4.4)
|
|
Mounting |
|
Tool |
|
|
|
5)M8 × 30 2
□ 25 25 mm
M8 × 30
6)M8 × 20 1
M8 × 20
4)Push the clamping block in with your fingers, in the direction shown by the arrow in the diagram below.
Clamping Block
5)Tighten the two M8 × 30 hexagon socket head cap screws equally.
Adjust the center height to 25 mm to mount cutting tools other than
25 mm × 25 mm qualified tools.
M8 × 30
Hexagon Socket
Head Cap Screws
Hexagonal Wrench
6)Fix the coolant guide block with an M8 × 20 hexagon socket head cap screws.
Coolant Discharging Outlet
Coolant Guide
Block
M8 × 20
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws
1-36 |
|
BASIC OVERVIEW |
|
|
|
Mounting Tool
1)M8 × 30 2
M8 × 30
2)M8
M8
<Removing the Cutting Tool>
1)Fully unscrew the two M8 × 30 hexagon socket head cap screws.
M8 × 30
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws
Turret Head
Hexagonal Wrench
2)Screw an M8 hexagon socket head cap screws into the threaded hole in the center of the clamping block to loosen the clamping block.
Clamping Block
M8 Hexagon Socket
Head Cap Screws
3)Remove the cutting tool.
Be careful not to drop the cutting tool. [Cutting tool and machine damage]
|
Cutting Tool |
|
BASIC OVERVIEW 1-37 |
8-2-2 DuraTurn 2030, DuraTurn 2050, DuraTurn 2550
4. |
|
1) |
|
1) |
Clean the contact surfaces of the turret |
|
|
|
|
|
|
head and holder using waste cloth. |
|
|
Before |
2) |
|
2) |
Adjust the coolant hole position to conform |
|
|
Mounting |
|
|
|
to the tool holder mounting direction. |
|
|
Holder |
|
5. |
|
|
Refer to the step 5. |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
||
5. |
|
|
<Mounting Holder> |
|||
|
|
1) |
|
1) |
Set the tool holder in position in alignment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
with the positioning key on the turret head. |
|
|
Mounting |
2) |
|
2) |
Tighten the bolts in diagonal order to ensure |
|
|
Holder and |
|
|
|
the contact surfaces adhere firmly. |
|
|
Tool |
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
1. Ensure no chips are trapped when |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
mounting holders and tools. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Turret head scratching/Tool tilting/ |
|
|
|
2. |
|
|
Machining defects] |
|
|
|
|
2. Remove scratches on the turret head |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
mounting surface using an oil whet- |
3.stone.
|
|
3. Tighten bolts with a consistent tighten- |
||
4. |
|
ing torque. |
||
|
|
[Sub-standard machining accuracy] |
||
|
|
4. Screw a coolant discharge port plug |
||
|
|
into the turret stations where a holder is |
||
|
|
not mounted. |
||
|
|
[Obstructed coolant supply/Tool dam- |
||
|
|
age/Sub-standard machining accuracy] |
||
|
<Mounting Tool> |
|||
|
Mount the tool and appropriate tool tip in a holder. |
|||
|
Separate volume, MACHINE INSTAL- |
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
LATION GUIDE, DIAGRAMS |
||
|
" " |
"TOOLING SYSTEM DIAGRAMS" |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
|
1. Ensure tools and holders do not inter- |
||
|
|
fere with workpieces and machine com- |
||
|
1 1-32 |
ponents, and the tool holder |
||
|
|
arrangement on the turret is balanced. |
||
|
|
See Diagram 1 (page 1-32). |
||
|
[Interference/Machine damage] |
|||
2. |
|
|||
2. When mounting an I.D. cutting tool on |
||||
|
|
|||
|
2 1-32 |
the turret head, ensure the tool shank |
||
|
does not protrude from the rear of the |
|||
|
|
|||
3. |
tool holder. See Diagram 2 (page 1-32). |
|||
|
[Interference/Machine damage] |
|||
|
|
3. Do not mount or remove tools or hold- |
||
|
|
|||
|
ers with excessive force. Do not strike |
|||
|
|
a wrench or spanner to tighten or |
||
4. |
|
loosen the holders and bolts. |
||
|
[Damage to inside of machine] |
|||
|
|
4. Confirm that tools to be mounted do not |
||
|
|
exceed the maximum, overhang. |
||
|
|
[Interference/Tools and machine damage] |
||
|
|
For the maximum overhang, |
||
|
|
|
||
|
" " |
|
refer to the separate volume, |
|
|
|
|
MACHINE INSTALLATION |
|
|
|
|
GUIDE, DIAGRAMS "AXIS |
|
|
|
|
TRAVEL DIAGRAMS". |
1-38 |
|
BASIC OVERVIEW |
|
|
|
5.<FaceWork>and O.D. Cutting Tool for Center-
|
1. |
|
1. When mounting the holder T00074 |
|
Mounting |
|
|
||
Holder and |
|
T00074 |
to the turret head station with the |
|
Tool |
|
B44088 M8 × 25 |
groove for cutting tool, mount the |
|
|
block B44088 to the holder with two |
|||
|
|
2 |
||
|
|
M8 × 25 hexagon socket head cap |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
screws. |
||
|
2. |
□ 25 |
||
|
2. Adjust the center height to 25 mm to |
|||
|
|
|
||
|
|
mount cutting tools other than |
||
|
|
25 mm |
||
|
|
25 mm × 25 mm qualified tools. |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M12 × 35 |
|
|
R65012 |
M12 × 35 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws |
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
Coolant Discharging Outlet (R65012) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
T00074 [T00075] |
|
□ 25 |
|
|
|
|
25 mm × 25 mm Qualified Tool |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B44088 |
|
|
|
|
Block (B44088) |
|
|
|
|
M10 |
|
[ ] |
|
M10 Hexagon Socket Set Screw |
|
|
B44047 |
|||
|
[ ]: Inch Specification |
|||
|
|
|
Clamping Block (B44047) |
|
|
|
|
<Face and I.D. Cutting Tool> |
|
|
□ 25 |
Adjust the center height to 25 mm to |
||
|
25 mm |
mount cutting tools other than 25 mm × |
||
|
|
|
25 mm qualified tools. |
|
|
|
□ 25 |
|
|
|
|
25 mm × 25 mm Qualified Tool |
M12 × 75 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M12 × 75 Hexagon Socket |
|
|
|
|
Head Cap Screws |
|
|
|
|
B44047 |
|
|
|
|
Clamping Block (B44047) |
T00068 [T00069]
M10
M10 Hexagon Socket Set Screw
R65005 |
[ ] |
|
Coolant Discharging Outlets (R65005) |
||
[ ]: Inch Specification |
||
|
|
BASIC OVERVIEW 1-39 |
|
|
Mounting Holder and Tool
φ40, φ45, φ50 |
<40-, 45or 50-mm Dia. I.D. Cutting Tool> |
|||
|
|
|
M12 × 70 |
|
|
|
|
M12 × |
70 Hexagon Socket |
T10036 (φ40) [T10037 (φ1 1/2")] |
|
Head Cap Screws |
||
T10040 (φ45) [T10041 (φ1 3/4")] |
|
|
|
|
T10044 (φ50) [T10045 (φ2")] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I.D. Cutting Tool |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M10 |
|
|
|
|
M10 Hexagon Socket Set Screw |
|
|
|
|
||
|
Coolant Discharging Outlets |
|||
|
R65005: |
T10036 [T10037] |
||
|
R65012: |
T10040 [T10041], T10044 [T10045] |
||
|
|
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
[ ]: Inch Specification |
φ32 |
<I.D. Cutting Tool Smaller than 32-mm Dia.> |
|||
* φ8 |
* |
When the boring bar sleeve is |
||
|
||||
M6 |
|
|
8-mm dia., M6 screws are used. |
|
|
|
|
M12 × 70 |
|
|
|
|
M12 |
× 70 Hexagon Socket |
R65005 |
|
Head Cap Screws |
||
|
|
|
||
Coolant Discharging Outlets (R65005) |
|
|
T10036 [T10037] |
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
Boring Bar Sleeve (2) |
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
Boring Bar Sleeve (1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I.D. Cutting Tool |
|
|
M10 |
|
|
|
|
M10 Hexagon Socket Set Screw |
|
|
|
|
M8* |
|
|
|
|
M8* Hexagon Socket Set Screw |
|
1 |
2 |
[ ] |
||
Boring Bar Sleeve (1) |
Boring Bar Sleeve (2) |
|
[ ]: Inch Specification |
|
T20098 (φ32) [T20099 (φ1 1/4")] |
T20216 (φ25) [T20217 (φ1")] |
|
||
T20096 (φ25) [T20097 (φ1")] |
T20196 (φ20) [T20197 (φ3/4")] |
|
||
T20094 (φ20) [T20095 (φ3/4")] |
T20194 (φ16) [T20195 (φ5/8")] |
|
||
T20092 (φ16) [T20093 (φ5/8")] |
T20110 (φ12) [T20111 (φ1/2")] |
|
||
T20090 (φ12) [T20091 (φ1/2")] |
T20108 (φ10) [T20109 (φ3/8")] |
|
||
T20088 (φ10) [T20089 (φ3/8")] |
T20106 (φ8) |
|
|
|
T20086 (φ8) |
|
|
|
|
1-40 |
|
|
|
BASIC OVERVIEW |
5. |
|
MT1, MT2, MT3, MT4 |
<MT1, MT2, MT3 or MT4 Morse Taper Shank |
|
|
|
|
Drill> |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mounting |
T10036 (φ40) [T10037 (φ1 1/2")] |
M12 × 70 |
|
|
Holder and |
|||
|
T10044 (φ50) [T10045 (φ2")] |
M12 × 70 Hexagon Socket |
||
|
Tool |
Head Cap Screws |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Drill Socket |
|
|
|
|
T22066 (MT1) [T22067] |
|
|
|
|
T22046 (MT2) [T22047] |
|
|
|
|
T22042 (MT3) [T22043] |
|
|
|
|
T22044 (MT4) [T22045] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Morse Taper Shank Drill |
|
M10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M10 Hexagon Socket Set Screw |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Coolant Discharging Outlets |
|
|
|
|
R65005: |
T10036 [T10037] |
|
|
|
R65012: |
T10044 [T10045] |
|
|
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
[ ]: Inch Specification |
|
|
|
<Throw-Away Drill> |
|
|
|
M12 × 70 |
F70031 |
|
|
|
M12 × 70 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws |
Cover (F70031) |
|
|
|
M10 |
M6 × 12 |
|
|
|
M10 Hexagon Socket Set Screw |
|
|
|
|
φ40 |
|
M6 × 12 |
|
|
|
Hexagon Socket |
|
|
|
φ40 Throw-Away Drill |
|
Head Cap Screws |
|
|
|
|
T13064 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Throw-Away Drill Socket |
|
|
|
|
T20100 (φ32) [T20101 (φ1 1/4")] |
|
|
|
|
T20102 (φ25) [T20103 (φ1)] |
|
|
|
|
T20104 (φ20) [T20105 (φ3/4")] |
|
|
|
|
T20190 (φ16) |
|
|
|
φ32 |
[ ] |
|
|
|
φ32 or Smaller Throw-Away Drill |
[ ]: Inch Specification |
|
BASIC OVERVIEW 1-41 |
|
|
Mounting Holder and Tool
1) 六角穴付きボルトM12 × 65 1 M12 × 40 1
T00144
M12 × 65
M12 × 40
<Cut-Off Tool
(Work Unloader Specifications)>
When cutting off a workpiece on a machine equipped with the work unloader, always use a cut-off tool holder. If the cut-off tool is mounted directly on the turret head without using a cut-off tool holder, the work unloader may interfere with the tool holders mounted at other turret stations, causing damage to the machine.
1)Fix the cut-off tool holder on the turret head with an M12 × 65 hexagon socket head cap screw and an M12 × 40 hexagon socket head cap screw.
Turret Head
T00144
M12 × 65
Hexagon Socket
Head Cap Screw
M12 × 40 Hexagon Socket
Head Cap Screw
2)Fix the cut-off tool in the groove of the cutoff tool holder.
Make sure that cut-off tool fixing direction is correct.
Cut-Off Tool
1-42 |
|
|
BASIC OVERVIEW |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. |
|
3) M6 × 18 2 |
3) Tighten the two M6 × 18 hexagon socket |
|
|
|
|
|
head bolts equally to secure the cut-off tool. |
|
|
|
□ 25 |
Adjust the center height to 25 mm to |
|
|
Mounting |
||
|
|
Holder and |
25 mm |
mount cutting tools other than |
|
|
Tool |
|
25 mm × 25 mm qualified tools. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
M6 × 18 |
|
|
|
M6 × 18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hexagon Socket Set Screw |
|
|
4) |
|
4) Mount a pipe on the coolant discharging |
||||||||
|
5) |
|
outlet of the turret head. |
||||||||
|
|
5) Adjust the angle of the pipe so that coolant |
|||||||||
|
|
|
will be supplied to the tip of the cut-off tool. |
||||||||
6. |
|
When mounting several tools, index the turret |
|||||||||
|
|
head and mount the next tool. |
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mounting |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Next Holder |
|
When indexing or rotating the turret head |
|||||||||
and Tool |
|||||||||||
Z |
with cutting tools mounted, exercise |
||||||||||
|
|||||||||||
|
|
extreme caution to ensure tools do not |
|||||||||
|
1 |
interfere with machine components such |
|||||||||
|
|
as the Z-axis protector. See Diagram 1. |
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Interference/Machine damage] |
Turret Head
Turret Head
Turret Base
Z |
|
|
|
Z-Axis Protector |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
I.D. Cutting Tool |
||
|
Interference |
||
|
|||
Interference |
|
|
|
1 |
|
2 |
|
Diagram 1 |
|
Diagram 2 |
|
BASIC OVERVIEW 1-43 |
9
用して、工具形状オフセット値を設定する方法について説 明します。
This section describes the procedures for setting the tool offset value using a manual in-machine tool presetter (option).
2.
治具の干渉、機械の破損
1.
2.2
1.While the conditions below are satisfied, do not
press the [Presetter Measurement] button without cutting the workpiece end face.
•The presetter arm is removed from the base.
•The protective cover is installed on the base.
•The indicator in the [Presetter Mode] button is illuminated.
If the [Presetter Measurement] button is pressed in this state, the work shift data cannot be set correctly. If the program is executed while the input work shift data is incorrect, the tool, tool holder, and/ or the turret head will strike the workpiece, chuck, or fixture, damaging the machine, or the tool may not reach the workpiece.
[Machine damage]
2.Never attempt to mount or remove the presetter arm in the presetter mode (when the indicator in the [Pre-
setter Mode] button is illuminated). If you do so, the tool geometry offset data could be changed, depending on the state of contact between the base and the presetter arm.
[Interference of the tool, tool holder, and/or turret head with the workpiece, chuck, and/or fixture, Machine damage]
3.When installing the presetter arm on the machine or when removing it from the machine or storage box, do not give physical shock to the presetter arm, especially, to the sensor.
[Sensor and presetter arm damage]
1. Do not clean the sensor using the coolant gun or air blow gun in the presetter mode. Do not subject the sensor to excessive shock. The sensor may detect the shock and the measurement data may be accidentally updated with this value.
2.In the presetter mode, if the tool tip is brought into contact with the stylus by moving two axes simultaneously or if the sensor is turned on although no axis is moved, the tool geometry offset data is not input.
3.Keep the presetter arm-to-base joint free of chips, dust, and other foreign matter and also protect them from splashing coolant. Chips, coolant, and foreign matter reduce measuring accuracy, resulting in lower machining accuracy. There will also be occasions when the presetter arm cannot be used due to improper contact of the connecting parts.
4.Keep the connecting part of the protective cover free of chips, dust, and other foreign matter and also protect them from splashing coolant. These will cause improper contact of the connecting parts, making it impossible to use the machine when the protective cover is installed on the base.
1-44 |
|
BASIC OVERVIEW |
|
|
|
5.
•
•
•
1. 52 mm/min
2.15 mm
RESET5 mm PC "EX4917"
RESET
5. Ensure the tool presetter does not interfere with the tool during stylus approach or retraction at a rapid traverse rate.
6.When measuring the tool geometry offset data, be sure to use presetter measurement sub mode. If the tool geometry offset data is measured using handle mode, the measured data may be unstable. To retract a tool that is touching the sensor by using handle mode, keep pressing the axis feed button in the jog mode.
When the machine is in the following status, the presetter measurement sub mode is in effect.
•The presetter arm is mounted.
•In the presetter mode (when the indicator in the [Presetter Mode]
button is illuminated)
•The mode selection button [Jog] is pressed.
<Cautions on Operations in the Presetter Measurement Sub Mode>
1. In the presetter measurement sub mode, manual axis feedrate is fixed at 52 mm/min.
2.When the axis feed button is pressed once while the axis is stopped, the axis moves
5 mm. To stop the axis movement, press the
(RESET) key to cancel the presetter measurement sub mode. If the tool does not touch the stylus even if the axis is moved 5 mm, the PC alarm "EX4917 TOOL DOESN'T TOUCH ON THE SENSOR" is displayed. Release the alarm
by pressing the (RESET) key before pressing the [Presetter Mode]
button and press the axis movement button again.
3.In uni-directional axis movement in the presetter measurement sub mode, the axis movement direction is not changed even if the axis feed button of the other axis feed direction is pressed.
4.In uni-directional axis movement in the presetter measurement sub mode, if the axis feed button of the same axis feed direction is held down, the axis moves while the button is being held down and stops when it is released, as in normal jog feed operation.
|
BASIC OVERVIEW 1-45 |
9-1
• 様
25%
25%
主軸の回転およびクーラントの吐出が停止します。
7.
•
•
1.The OFFSET/GEOMETRY screen will not be displayed even when the presetter arm is mounted unless the following requirements are satisfied.
•Turret head indexing is completed and the turret head is clamped.
•A manual mode (handle, jog, rapid traverse, zero return) is selected.
2.To prevent interference with the presetter arm, the following operations are not allowed when the presetter arm is mounted.
•Tailstock spindle IN/OUT and inching operation (tailstock specification)
•Work unloader operation (work unloader specification)
3.Axis movement stops if the cutting tool comes into contact with the stylus; after axis movement is stopped, the axis can only be moved in the direction in which the cutting tool is moved away from the stylus.
4.After installing the presetter arm, axis movement is
precluded unless the [Presetter Mode] button is illuminated. Even if the button is illuminated and therefore the axis can be moved, the rapid traverse rate is restricted to 25% or less.
5.The presetter arm clamp signal is turned on when the locking lever is turned to the lock position with the presetter arm installed to the presetter arm installation base.
Axis movement is enabled when the indicator in the
[Presetter Mode] button is illuminated with the presetter arm clamp signal ON. In this case, the rapid traverse rate is fixed at 25% or less.
Axis movement is not allowed even when the locking lever is in the lock position unless the presetter arm or the protective cover is installed to the presetter arm installation base.
6.The cover closed status is checked through installation of the protective cover on the base. When the locking lever is turned to the clamp side, the cover "closed" status is detected. If the cover closed check signal is turned off, operation is suspended in the following manner.
<Manual mode>
Spindle rotation and coolant supply are stopped.
<Automatic mode>
An alarm message is displayed and automatic operation is suspended. Spindle rotation, axis movement, and coolant supply are stopped.
7.If the WORK COORDINATES screen is not displayed
even if the indicator in the [Presetter Mode] button is illuminated, check the following items if they are satisfied.
•The protective cover of the presetter arm is mounted to the base of the tool presetter.
•The locking lever for the protective cover is locked.
1-46 |
|
BASIC OVERVIEW |
9-2
|
<Installing the Presetter Arm> |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Procedure |
|
|
|
|
1. |
Clean the area around the base. |
Turn the locking lever counterclockwise and remove the
2. protective cover.
3. |
|
Remove the presetter arm from the container. |
4. |
|
Make sure that the connecting parts of the presetter arm |
|
and the base are free of chips and foreign matter. |
|
|
|
Install the presetter arm to the base while positioning the |
|
|
alignment mark to the locking lever on the base. |
|
|
|
|
|
Positioning Pin |
|
|
|
|
Locking Lever |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stylus |
5.
Alignment
Mark Base
|
|
|
|
Protection Cover |
|
||
|
Presetter Arm |
||
|
|||
|
Grip |
|
|
6. |
Turn the locking lever clockwise. |
||
|
If the locking lever cannot be moved to the full lock or |
||
|
unlock position because it interferes with the cover, |
||
|
pull the lever up in its current position. The lever can |
||
|
then be moved freely. Move the lever in the direction |
||
|
opposite the desired direction and pull it downward. |
||
|
Then try the locking or unlocking operation again. |
|
|
|
BASIC OVERVIEW 1-47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<Removing the Presetter Arm> |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Procedure |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
|
Hold the presetter arm and turn the locking lever coun- |
|
|
|
terclockwise. |
||
2. |
|
|
Pull the presetter arm to remove it from the base. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. |
|
|
Store the presetter arm in the container. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. |
|
Make sure that the connecting parts of the base and the |
||
|
|
protective cover are free of chips and foreign matter. |
||
|
|
|
Insert the protection cover to the base while positioning |
|
|
|
|
|
the alignment mark to the locking lever on the base and |
|
|
|
|
turn the locking lever clockwise. |
5.
|
|
Alignment Mark |
|
|
If the locking lever cannot be moved to the full lock or |
|
unlock position because it interferes with the cover, |
|
pull the lever up in its current position. The lever can |
|
then be moved freely. Move the lever in the direction |
|
opposite the desired direction and pull it downward. |
|
Then try the locking or unlocking operation again. |
|
|
1-48 |
|
BASIC OVERVIEW |
9-3
ト値を設定します。
"" 1-49
In this section, the tool geometry offset data below are set on the OFFSET/GEOMETRY screen:
For details of the tool geometry offset data, refer to "Sensors, Tools, and Parameters" (page 1-49).
1. |
|
|
|
Perform a turret zero return. |
||||
|
Zero Return |
|
" " 1-12 |
|
|
"ZERO RETURN OPERATION" |
||
|
Operation |
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(page 1-12) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. |
|
1) |
|
|
1) |
Open the door. |
||
|
|
2) |
|
2) Install the tool presetter. |
||||
|
Tool |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
[[Presetter Mode] button illuminated] |
||||
|
Presetter |
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
[OFFSET/GEOMETRY screen displayed] |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the installation procedure, refer |
||
|
|
|
" |
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
to "Installing and Removing the Man- |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
ual In-Machine Tool Presetter Arm" |
||
|
|
|
" 1-46 |
|
|
(page 1-46). |
||
|
|
3) |
|
|
3) |
Close the door. |
||
3. |
|
|
Index the turret station number on which the tool |
|||||
|
|
|
|
to be measured is mounted. |
||||
|
Indexing |
|
|
|
Before indexing the turret, confirm that |
|||
|
Turret |
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
the indexing motion will cause no |
||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
interference. |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
4. |
|
1) |
|
1) Using the manual pulse generator, move |
||||
|
Measure- |
|
2 mm |
|
the tool tip to a point approximately 2 mm |
|||
|
ment/Value |
2) |
|
|
|
from the stylus. |
||
|
Entry |
|
|
2) |
Press the mode selection button [Jog]. |
|||
|
|
3) |
|
|
[Presetter measurement sub mode starts] |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
3) Press the required axis feed button to bring |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
the tool tip into contact with the stylus. |
||
|
|
|
|
|
[Contact with stylus] |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
[Buzzer activated] |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
[Presetter lamp changes from green to red] |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
[Axis automatically moves away the stylus, |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
and lamp changes to green] |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Geometry offset value is entered in the |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
geometry offset column of the indexed tool] |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tool Tip |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
Lamp |
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
Stylus |
5. |
X Z |
Measure and enter the tool geometry offset |
|
|
values for the X- and Z-axes by following the |
Multi- |
|
procedure given above. |
Directional |
|
|
Measurement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BASIC OVERVIEW 1-49 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
6. |
|
1) |
|
1) |
Prior to rotating the turret head, move the |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
turret to a position out of the range of |
|||
|
|
Next Tool |
|
|
|
|
|
|
interference between the tools and the tool |
|
|
Measure- |
2) |
3. 5. |
|
presetter. |
|||
|
|
ment |
|
|
|
|
|
2) |
Repeat the steps 3. to 5. above. |
|
7. |
|
1) |
|
|
|
1) |
Press the [Presetter Mode] button. |
|
|
|
Measure- |
|
|
|
|
|
[Button extinguished] |
|
|
|
ment Com- |
2) |
|
2) |
Remove the tool presetter. |
|||
|
|
pletion |
|
" |
|
For the procedure for removal, refer |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
to "Installing and Removing the Man- |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
1-46 |
|
|
ual In-Machine Tool Presetter Arm" |
|
|
|
|
|
" |
|
|
(page 1-46). |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
2-150 |
For the tool geometry offset number, refer to "T |
|||||
|
|
|
|
"T |
" |
FUNCTION" (page 2-150) |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9-4
The relationships between the sensors of the manual in-
|
|
|
|
machine tool presetter and tools and parameters are |
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
described here. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ZWP |
|
|
|
POS "Z" |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No. 5017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
NC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
(NC Parameter) |
|
|
|
|
|
POS "X" |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A |
|
|
|||
W |
D |
|
|
C |
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cutting Allowance W |
|
|
|
|
|
|
B |
No. 5016 |
|||||
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
No. 5015 |
||||||||
|
|
|
|
NC |
|||||||||
Chuck |
|
|
|
|
NC |
||||||||
|
|
|
|
(NC Parameter) |
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(NC Parameter) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
Workpiece |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X0 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ZW |
No. 5018 = 0 |
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
|
Z0 |
|
|
NC
(NC Parameter)
1-50 |
|
BASIC OVERVIEW |
|
|
|
POS "X" |
|
|
X coordinate value where the tool tip comes into |
|
contact with face A of the stylus (machine |
||
|
|
A X |
coordinate system) or the sensor contact |
|
|
|
|
POS "Z" |
|
|
Z coordinate value where the tool tip comes into |
|
contact with face C of the stylus (machine |
||
|
|
C Z |
coordinate system) or the sensor contact |
|
|
|
|
No. 5015 |
|
|
Set the X coordinate value (in diameter) where |
NC |
|
the sensor is turned when the tool tip comes |
|
|
B X |
into contact with face B of the stylus or the |
|
(NC parameter) |
|
|
sensor contact. |
No. 5016 |
|
|
Set the X coordinate value (in diameter) where |
NC |
|
the sensor is turned when the tool tip comes |
|
|
A X |
into contact with face A of the stylus or the |
|
(NC Parameter) |
|
|
sensor contact. |
No. 5017 |
|
|
Set the distance between the two points where |
NC |
|
C D |
the sensor is turned on when the tool tip comes |
(NC Parameter) |
|
|
into contact with face C and face D of the stylus |
|
|
(with minus sign) or the sensor contact. |
|
No. 5018 |
|
|
Set the position data of the position where the |
NC |
|
sensor is turned on when the tool tip comes into |
|
|
C |
contact with face C of the stylus (set zero) or the |
|
(NC Parameter) |
|
|
sensor contact. |
ZWP |
|
|
Z-axis work shift data which is set when the |
|
Z |
[Presetter Measurement] button is pressed |
|
|
|
||
W |
|
ZWP Z |
Cutting allowance in Z-axis direction in |
Cutting Allowance W |
|
reference to ZWP |
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
ZWP W Z |
Z-axis work shift data that is a sum of ZWP and |
ZW |
|
Z0 |
cutting allowance W. This sets the program |
|
|
|
zero (Z0). |
NC No. 5015 No. 5018
状補正値は、スタイラスまたはセンサの接点に工具の刃先 を接触させることで、スタイラスまたはセンサの接点を基 準として設定されます。
Z C Z0
The tool geometry offset data is set in reference to the stylus or the sensor contact by bringing the tool tip into contact with the stylus or the sensor contact for which the coordinate values are set with NC parameters (No. 5015 to No. 5018) as illustrated above.
For the Z-axis work shift data, set the distance between stylus C or the sensor contact and the program zero (Z0).
|
BASIC OVERVIEW 1-51 |
10 Z
と、実際の加工原点の距離を、ワーク座標系設定画面に設 定します。
いては、" "
1-49
に、〔プリセッタ測定〕
•
•
•
Set the distance between the tentative workpiece zero point and the actual workpiece zero point on the WORK COORDINATES screen.
For the relationship between the work coordinate system and tools or tool presetter, refer to "Sensors, Tools, and Parameters" (page 1-49).
While the conditions below are satisfied, do not press the
[Presetter Measurement] button without cutting the workpiece end face.
•The presetter arm is removed from the base.
•The protective cover is installed on the base.
•The indicator in the [Presetter Mode] button is illuminated.
If the [Presetter Measurement] button is pressed in this state, the work shift data cannot be set correctly. If the program is executed while the input work shift data is incorrect, the tool, tool holder, and/or the turret head will strike the workpiece, chuck, or fixture, damaging the machine, or the tool may not reach the workpiece. [Machine damage]
2. Z
1.Ensure the tool presetter does not interfere with the tool during stylus approach or retraction at a rapid traverse rate.
2.The Z-axis work shift offset data can be set only once by pressing the [Presetter Measurement]
button.
To set the Z-axis work shift offset data for
another tool, turn off the [Presetter Mode] button once and then turn it on again.
1-52 |
|
BASIC OVERVIEW |
10-1
|
|
|
Set the tool geometry offset data. |
|||
1. |
" |
"SETTING TOOL GEOMETRY OFFSET |
||||
" 1-43 |
VALUE (WITH TOOL PRESETTER)" (page |
|||||
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
1-43) |
|
|
|
Clamp a workpiece, and adjust the chucking pressure. |
||||
2. |
" |
|
1-54 |
|
"CHUCKING" (page 1-54) |
|
|
" |
|
|
10-2 |
Z |
|
|
|
||||
|
|
Setting Workpiece Zero Point (Z0) |
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
|
Set the door interlock key-switch in the [NORMAL] |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
position. |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
2. |
|
|
Close the door. |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Place the operation selection key-switch in one of the |
|||||
|
3. |
|
|
positions indicated below. |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Operation Enable] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Operation & Edit Enable] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Press the [Presetter Mode] button. |
||||
|
4. |
|
[Presetter mode ON] |
|||||
|
|
|
[Button illuminates] |
|||||
|
|
|
[WORK COORDINATES screen appears] |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Move the turret to the position where the tool will not |
|||||
|
5. |
|
|
interfere with the workpiece when the turret head is |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
rotated. |
||
|
6. |
|
Index manually the cutting tool that allows facing. |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Move the tool close to the workpiece end face "Z0" |
|||||
|
7. |
"Z0" |
position using a manual operation mode while |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
observing the clearance between the workpiece and |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
the tool through the door window. |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8. |
|
Press the [Door Unlock] button. |
|||||
|
|
|
[Door is unlocked.] |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9. |
|
|
Open the door. |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10. |
|
Confirm that there will be no interference between the |
|||||
|
|
chuck or workpiece and the adjacent tools or fixture. |
||||||
|
11. |
|
|
Close the door. |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12. |
|
Start the spindle manually, and adjust the spindle speed |
|||||
|
|
|
as appropriate. |
|||||
|
|
|
Cut the workpiece end face. |
|||||
|
|
|
|
Z X |
|
|
Move the tool only in the X-axis direction, not in |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the Z-axis direction. |
|
|
13. |
|
|
|
|
|
With a workpiece whose end face does not |
|
|
|
|
X |
|
|
require cutting, it is not necessary to move the |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tool in the X-axis direction. In this case, bring the |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tool tip into light contact with the workpiece end |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
face. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14. |
"00(EXT)" "Z" |
Confirm that "Z" of "00(EXT)" is selected. |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|